MENU Navbar
Logo
Notes
BERDE
Green Building Rating System
User Guide

BERDE — Districts — Version 1.0.0


Copyright

Copyright © 2011 – 2022 Philippine Green Building Council.

The BERDE Program was established and administered by the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC). The BERDE Green Building Rating System is the product of the BERDE Program. The BERDE Green Building Rating Schemes (GBRS), BERDE User Guides (User Guide) are documents developed under the system.

This User Guide is available online for use by project teams, building owners, professionals, contractors, and other interested parties as a reference voluntary standard for the measurement of environmental performance of projects.

You may make copies of any information reasonably incidental to your viewing of the document, and may retain a copy for your personal reference. You are not allowed to sell, modify, reproduce, display or distribute the User Guide for any public or commercial purposes, except with the expressed written permission from the PHILGBC. You are not allowed to transmit, distribute or store a copy of this document in any other website or in a networked environment.

This document is protected by Republic Act No. 8293 — Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines and international copyright laws. Any unlawful use of this document shall be subject to sanction and legal action of the PHILGBC.

The PHILGBC accepts no responsibility for any unauthorized use or distribution by others of this document and may take legal action to prevent such unauthorized use or distribution.


Published by the Philippine Green Building Council
Unit G-4B, One/NEO, 26th Street corner 3rd Avenue
Bonifacio Global City
Taguig City 1634 Philippines
+632 7728 0686
BERDE@philgbc.org

The latest release of this User Guide may be accessed through http://docs.berdeonline.org/userguide/districts/latest.

Navigating the User Guide

This User Guide is a guidance document to support the implementation of BERDE — Districts.

This User Guide is developed for project owners, developers, architects, engineers, designers, and other members of the project teams of registered projects.

The information in this User Guide is presented in a clear and easily understandable manner using plain language. You may navigate through the guide by:

If you are viewing the User Guide on your laptop or computer, use the Navigation Panel at the left side of this website. The Navigation Panel includes all major sections of the User Guide.

As you scroll through the page, the panel displays your current location in the User Guide. You can also select any of the section headings on the panel to jump to that section.

If you are viewing the User Guide on your mobile phone or tablet, select Menu at the top-left corner of the User Guide to view the Navigation Panel.

The Search Box is located above the Navigation Panel that allows you to swiftly search through the whole User Guide.

Type keywords related to the information you are searching for. All sections with your keywords will be displayed below the search bar for easier navigation through the guide.

The User Guide is distributed online to promote the use of less paper. However, you may print the User Guide if you need a copy of the document. Printing the User Guide will result in the type-formatted version of the guide. Please be mindful that the guide is updated from time to time. Visit the online User Guide regularly to ensure you have the latest version of the document.

  1. Open the User Guide in your preferred browser.
  2. Print the User Guide.
    • For Windows, Control + P, or
    • For macOS, Command + P.

Guidance Notes are included to provide additional information and assist you in implementing BERDE — Districts in your project.

The requirements under BERDE — Districts use the following to ensure clarity and consistency in writing and interpreting the requirements:

Provisions using: Refers to:
Must Absolute requirements. Must and shall are equivalent in the use of these documents.
Must not Absolute prohibitions. Must not and shall not are equivalent in the use of these documents.
Should

Highly recommended provisions. Highly recommended provisions were identified as the most appropriate requirements for a credit.

If you will not be implementing these provisions, you must have a clear explanation why it is not applicable for your project, and a reasonable alternative to address these requirements.
Should not

Discouraged provisions. These provisions are not recommended, however, it may be acceptable or valid within certain conditions.

You must ensure that you have understood the full implication of these provisions before implementing these requirements.
May Optional provisions or information.

About BERDE

What is BERDE?

BERDE is a tool to assess, measure, monitor and certify the performance of projects above and beyond existing national and local building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards.

BERDE is the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System by the Philippine government, through the Department of Energy (DOE).

Who developed BERDE?

BERDE was developed by the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) under its BERDE Program. The DOE also provided development and promotional support for the development of BERDE.

BERDE was developed in line with the Quality Assurance for Green Building Rating Tools (WorldGBC, 2013), the International Framework for Socio-Economic Factors for Green Building Rating Tools in Developing Countries (WorldGBC & GBCSA, 2013), and other best practices from international standards for standards development.

As part of BERDE Development, rating schemes, tools and documents under BERDE are drafted by the BERDE Committee, with support from the BERDE Program Secretariat, input from the PHILGBC General Membership, and final approval by the PHILGBC Board of Trustees. Interested external parties are provided opportunities to comment and provide their insight on BERDE as part of its development process.

BERDE Development, Certification and Education activities are administered by the PHILGBC under the BERDE Program.

Why should you use BERDE?

As a guidance tool

BERDE specifies current best practice. If you are a building professional, various BERDE Green Building Rating Schemes are made freely available for your use in designing, constructing and operating your projects in a resource-efficient, economically-viable, and socially-responsible manner.

As a credible marketing tool

Getting your projects BERDE-certified provides you with a positive marketing advantage.

Achieving a BERDE certification for your green building project lets your clients and the public know that your project is a better building in the market. The third-party assessment ensures that your project are assessed, rated, and certified in a credible and unbiased process.

BERDE also highlights your company's sustainability initiatives. Achieving BERDE Certification provides a positive brand recognition for both your project and your company.

The PHILGBC provides additional marketing support by publishing your BERDE-certified project online, and providing opportunities for developing project case studies, hosting site tours and certificate presentation, and speaking opportunities in PHILGBC events.

As a transparency tool

BERDE enables you to exhibit the performance of your project to other parties in a credible manner. Your certified BERDE project allows you to showcase your leadership in sustainability through unbiased, balanced and impartial assessment and certification of your building performance. Certification under BERDE builds trust and confidence among your project stakeholders.

As a compliance and policy support tool

BERDE supports the sustainable development plans and programs of government. Increasing priority for green building and sustainable development by government requires you to be knowledgeable with current laws and regulations at the national and local levels.

At the national level, as the recognized as the National Voluntary Green Building Rating System by the Philippine government, several national agencies have been using BERDE as a guide in developing policies and programs for green building and sustainability for the building sector. At the local level, several local governments within the Philippines have incorporated BERDE as part of their policy to ensure the environmental performance of projects within their jurisdictions.

BERDE recognizes performance beyond existing environmental and building laws, regulations and standards. As a compliance tool, it supports you in complying with building and environmental laws and regulations.

How can you contribute to BERDE?

Provide your comments

We welcome your comments and insight to improve BERDE. Provide your comments via e-mail by following the commenting procedure:

  1. Download the Form – Comment.
  2. Provide your full name, position or designation, and the organization you are representing;
  3. Clearly state your issue a specific section or credit:
    • State the specific section or credit you would like to improve;
    • Provide a clear statement summarizing your issue; and
    • Provide a brief discussion on the issue;
  4. Clearly state your recommendation to improve the section or credit;
    • Provide the draft text for the revision of the section or credit;
    • Use plain language principles; and
    • Provide a brief discussion on the recommendation;
  5. Write in the Subject line COMMENT: BERDE — Districts – Version 1.0.0 – User Guide;
  6. Submit your issue and recommendation to BERDE@philgbc.org.

Your comments will be received and logged by the BERDE Program Secretariat for the review and improvement of BERDE.

Host our meetings

You can become a sponsor of the development of BERDE by providing support for meetings, workshops, and conferences. You can support the development activities of BERDE by sponsoring a BERDE Committee regular meeting, or the workshops or conference during the development cycle of BERDE.

Share your data sets and case studies

You can support the research and development of BERDE by sharing data sets and case studies on your green building projects. One of the challenges in the development of BERDE is in identifying baselines and performance targets, and ensuring the tool is in line with current best practices in the industry.

We understand that there may be limitations when you share your proprietary information to the PHILGBC. This is why we commit to the proper handling, use, and storage of confidential information you share with the PHILGBC.

Become a member

Members of the PHILGBC have early access to tools under development, or receive invitations to member-only events and activities that contribute to the development of BERDE. For more information on the membership, visit the Membership page or contact the PHILGBC National Secretariat at membership@philgbc.org.

As a member of the PHILGBC, you may apply to become a member of the BERDE Committee. The BERDE Committee is the standing committee of the PHILGBC that focuses on the BERDE Program. Become a member by submitting a Letter of Expression of Interest through e-mail:

  1. Write in the Subject line EXPRESSION OF INTEREST: BERDE Committee Membership;
  2. Attach your signed Letter of Expression of Interest in portable document format (PDF);
    • Include your profile or curriculum vitae for your work experience and expertise;
    • State your commitment in dedicating time and attending all BERDE Committee meetings;
  3. Send your letter to BERDE@philgbc.org.

Your application will be reviewed for the approval of the Board of Trustees. The applicants are vetted to ensure that the committee is well-represented and balanced among the different sectors of the building industry.

Certification

What is BERDE Certification?

BERDE Certification is the formal assessment, rating, and certification process for projects of the BERDE Program. It is conducted in a third-party assessment process to ensure a credible, independent, impartial, and objective assessment, rating, and certification of projects under BERDE.

Only projects that complete the formal process, complies with all requirements, and receives at least the minimum rating for certification may claim as a BERDE Certified green district project.

Who will certify your project?

The PHILGBC will certify the project based on the outcomes from the assessments during the BERDE Certification process.

The PHILGBC or its authorized assessment body will facilitate and conduct the assessment, rating, and certification process. The PHILGBC builds trust and confidence in the system by managing and addressing conflicts of interests between the project, the project team, and the assessment team assigned for the project.

How can you get BERDE Certified?

The project must complete the BERDE Certification process, comply with all minimum system requirements, and achieve the minimum rating for certification.

What is the BERDE Certification process?

Projects may undergo certification process under each of the Assessment Stage depending on the project's development stage.

If your project is: then use:
In early design or master planning stage

Stage 1 — Planning

The project must undergo assessment and certification, and show compliance with the Stage 1 — Planning requirements through the development of policies, programs, strategies and action plans, and how these will be implemented in the project.
A newly constructed or existing district

Stage 1 — Planning and Stage 2 — Implementation

The project must undergo assessment and certification under both Stage 1 – Planning and Stage 2 – Implementation, and show compliance with the requirements of BERDE — Districts in the planning and implementation of the project.

Registration

The project owner must review the eligibility of the project for the applicable BERDE GBRS, and compliance with the Minimum System Requirements.

How do you register for BERDE?

To register a project for BERDE Certification, the project owner must:

  1. Download the Form – BERDE Registration;
  2. Accomplish the Form – BERDE Registration and prepare the documents for the minimum system requirements; and
  3. Submit the accomplished form and requirements through e-mail to BERDE@philgbc.org.

The PHILGBC will prepare and submit a BERDE Certification Proposal within seven (7) working days from the receipt of your accomplished Form – BERDE Registration, and the complete requirements.

Once the project owner receives the proposal, the project owner must:

  1. Sign the proposal and return a copy to the PHILGBC; and
  2. Pay the registration fee and initial assessment fee.

The Registration process is completed once the project owner accepted and signed the proposal, and paid the registration fee and down payment for your project.

Management Representative

The project owner must assign a Management Representative (MR), who will serve as the official representative for the project for all coordination and communication with the PHILGBC.

The MR must be part of the senior management of the project owner to ensure timely decision making for the efficient implementation of the Certification process.

The MR must:

Stage 1 — Planning

Stage 1 — Planning focuses on the conception and strategic planning of the sustainability goals, performance targets, programs and implementation action plans for the project.

During Stage 1, the assessment team will review and assess the documentation submitted by the project team, whether it satisfies the intent, requirements, and performance requirements of the project team's target credits.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report that will reflect the findings from the assessment, which will include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 1 — Planning.

Stage 2 — Implementation

Stage 2 — Implementation focuses on the implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the policies, programs, strategies and implementation action plans for the project.

During Stage 2, the assessment team will conduct documentation review and an on-site inspection to validate the project team's compliance to the requirements and implementation of the awarded Stage 1 policies, programs, strategies and action plans. The assessment will be based on the target credits of the project team.

The assessment team will issue an Assessment Report that will reflect the findings from the assessment, which will include the recommendation for the rating and certification of the project for Stage 2 — Implementation.

Scope and Applicability

The Scope and Applicability defines the development stages and occupancy types that the rating scheme is applicable to.

Projects that will undergo certification and assessment for BERDE — Districts must have:

The scope of Certification for BERDE — Districts must include the following:

Development Stages

This rating scheme is applicable to wide-scale projects that are at the planning and implementation stages.

Tag Name Description
S1Stage 1 — Planning Stage 1 — Planning

The planning stage focuses on the conception and strategic planning of the sustainability goals, performance targets, programs and implementation action plans for the project.

The planning stage also involves the establishment of the policies, programs, strategies and action plans, as well as how these policies, programs, strategies and action plans will be implemented in the project.
S2Stage 2 — Implementation Stage 2 — Implementation

The implementation stage focuses on the implementation, monitoring, evaluation and continuous improvement of the policies, programs, strategies and implementation action plans for the project.

The implementation stage also involves the execution of the policies, programs, strategies and action plans, monitoring and recording of the outcomes of the implementation, and the evaluation and continual improvement of the actions taken to achieve sustainability goals and performance targets for the project.

Project Type

This rating scheme is applicable to the whole district planning and implementation.

Tag Name Description
Communities Communities

Communities refer to privately owned and managed projects comprised of multiple buildings with different owners, referred to as locators.
Campuses Campuses

Campuses refer to privately owned and managed projects comprised of multiple buildings owned by the project owner.

Occupancy Type

This rating scheme may be used for the following occupancy types:

Tag Name Description
Residential Residential subdivisions

A district predominated by residential dwellings or buildings.
Commercial Commercial estates

A district wherein the primary land use is for commercial activities.
Industrial Industrial parks

A district where businesses that specialize in an industry work.
Educational Educational institutions

A district wherein a college or university, and related educational buildings are located.
Health Facilities Hospital Complex

A district wherein related healthcare facilities are located.

Minimum System Requirements

The Minimum System Requirements aim to:

Projects that are applying for BERDE Certification must comply with the minimum system requirements.

No. Minimum System Requirement
MSR-01 Regulatory compliance
MSR-02 Distinct and clear boundaries
MSR-03 Disclosure of resource performance data
MSR-04 Initial site assessment
MSR-05 Deconstruction waste management
MSR-06 Construction activity pollution prevention and control

MSR-01 Regulatory compliance

This requirement aims to ensure that the projects is complying with all applicable building and environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards.

The project team must conduct a regulatory compliance review for the project to identify and assess compliance with the following:

Compliance Notes

Registration

The project team must submit a report on the regulatory compliance review for the project. The report should include the following information:

All Stages

The project team must submit:

  1. A report on the regulatory compliance review for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • All applicable building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory for the project,
    • Relevant environmental, social and economic requirements for the project, and
    • Status of compliance of the project with the applicable regulatory requirements.
  2. The copies of the following:
    • Approved Development Permit or Zoning Certificate issued by the city or municipal government where the project is located; and
    • If the land use of the site was reclassified for the project's intended use, the ordinance for reclassification approved by the city or municipal government where the project is located.
  3. The permits and issuances from both the national and local government demonstrating compliance with the applicable regulations with regards to the planning and implementation of the project.

MSR-02 Distinct and clear boundaries

This requirement aims to establish a clear scope for the certification by defining the physical boundaries of the project.

The project team must establish the scope for the project, which must include the following:

Residential For residential projects, The scope of Certification must include the community facilities and public open spaces required by applicable regulations.

Compliance Notes

Registration

The project team must submit the plans clearly showing the boundaries of the project for certification, including:

  1. The site development plans. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the project site within the city or municipality,
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha), and
    • Zoning of areas within the project.
  2. The plans for the infrastructure, shared systems and utilities in the project. The plans must include the location of the following:
    • Road network in the project,
    • Buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
    • Shared systems and utilities in the project.
All Stages

The project team must submit:

  1. The site development plans. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the project site within the city or municipality,
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha), and
    • Zoning of areas in the project.
  2. The plans for the infrastructure, shared systems and utilities in the district. The plan must include the location of the following:
    • Road network in the project,
    • Buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
    • Shared systems and utilities in the project.
  3. The proof of the capacity of the shared systems and utilities, which must include the following information:
    • Capacity of the shared systems and utilities, which must be sufficient for all buildings in the project;
    • Connection of the buildings to the shared systems and utilities; and
    • Connection of the community facilities and public spaces to the shared systems and utilities.

MSR-03 Disclosure of resource performance data

This requirement aims to:

The project team must:

  1. Use the metric system for presenting the resource performance data of the project.
  2. Submit the following resource performance data of the project:
    • Energy consumption,
    • Potable water consumption, and
    • Solid waste generation.
Stage 1 — Planning

If the project is in early design or master planning stage, the project team must submit:

  1. A projected demographic profile, which must include the following information:
    • Projected population of the project,
    • Projected number of buildings that will be developed within the project,
    • Projected occupancy types of buildings within the project,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift for the project.
  2. The energy base case report reflecting the projected annual total operational energy consumption for the whole project in kilowatt-hour (kWh) and kilowatt-hour per hectares (kWh/ha) based on the planning of the project;
  3. The water base case report reflecting the projected annual total potable water consumption for the whole project in cubic meter (m3) and cubic meter per hectares (m3/ha) based on the planning of the project; and
  4. The waste base case report reflecting the projected solid waste generation for the whole project in kilograms (kg) and kilogram per hectares (kg/ha).

If the project is a newly constructed or existing district, the project team must submit:

  1. A demographic profile, which must include the following information:
    • Current population of the project,
    • Current number of buildings developed within the project,
    • Current occupancy types of buildings within the project,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift for the project.
  2. The energy base case report reflecting the actual energy consumption data for the whole project in kWh and kWh/ha for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period;
  3. The water base case report reflecting the actual potable water consumption data for the whole project in m3 and m3/ha for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period; and
  4. The waste base case report reflecting the actual waste generated for the whole project in kg and kg/ha for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period.
Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must submit:

  1. A demographic profile, which must include the following information:
    • Current population of the project,
    • Current number of buildings developed within the project,
    • Current occupancy types of buildings within the project,
    • Number of shifts for the project, and
    • Number of hours per shift for the project.
  2. The energy base case report reflecting the actual energy consumption data for the whole project in kWh and kWh/ha for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
  3. The water base case report reflecting the actual potable water consumption data for the whole project in m3 and m3/ha for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
  4. The waste base case report reflecting the actual waste generated for the whole project in kg and kg/ha for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

MSR-04 Initial site assessment

This requirement aims to:

The project team must:

  1. Engage a qualified professional competent in conducting site assessments for district projects.
  2. Conduct a site assessment prior to any demolition and construction activities within the project to identify the following:
    • Existing ecological features within the project and its immediate surroundings, which should include information on:
      • Floras and faunas in the project, which may include:
        • Trees of significant ecological value,
        • Plant species native to the project,
        • Existing adapted plants within the project, and
        • Existing land, air and marine animal species;
      • Nearby bodies of water, which may include:
        • Natural watercourses, and
        • Wetland areas;
      • Nearby protected areas.
    • Potential site hazards and risks, which should include information on:
      • Rainfall and flood potential of the project site,
      • Stormwater flow,
      • Wind directions,
      • Dust generation,
      • Noise pollution,
      • Traffic condition, and
      • Existing site contamination.
    • Social and cultural aspects of the project, which should include information on:
      • Heritage, historic or cultural sites, structures or properties,
      • Heritage or cultural features of the local community, and
      • Existing community programs on sustainability.
    • Previous developments in the project site, which should include information on:
      • Footprints of the previous developments,
      • Previous use or type of building of the development, and
      • Period the lands were previously used.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting site assessments for district projects;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The site assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Location and information of the existing ecological features within the project and its immediate surroundings, including the recommendations to protect and preserve the existing ecological features;
    • Potential site hazards and risks, which should include:
      • Evaluation of the impact of the potential hazards and risks to the project, and
      • Recommendations to mitigate or minimize the impact of the potential hazards and risks to the project;
    • Social and cultural aspects of the project, which should include:
      • Evaluation of the impact or contributions of the project to the social and cultural value of the site and the local community, and
      • Recommendations to contribute to the social and cultural value of the local community or town;
    • If there are existing buildings or previous developments within the project, the report must also include the following information:
      • Footprint of the previous developments in the project,
      • Previous use or type of building, and
      • Period the lands were previously used.

MSR-05 Deconstruction waste management

This requirement aims to:

For present and future deconstruction activities within the project, the project team must:

  1. Establish a deconstruction waste base case, which must include:
    • Projected types of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure;
    • Projected amount of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure; and
    • Computation of the deconstruction waste base case generation in kg/ha.
  2. Develop a deconstruction waste management program. The program must contain:
    • The deconstruction solid waste diversion target for the project;
    • The solid waste diversion strategies for diverting deconstruction solid waste of the project; and
    • The procedures for the proper handling of solid waste from deconstruction.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the deconstruction waste management program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the deconstruction waste management program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Implement the deconstruction waste management program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that the program is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the program using the established methodology in the action plan; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  5. Present the deconstruction solid waste diversion achieved by the project, which must include:
    • Types of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure;
    • Actual amount of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure;
    • Computation of the deconstruction solid waste diversion in kg/ha; and
    • Percentage of deconstruction solid waste diversion compared to the deconstruction waste base case.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team must submit:

  1. The deconstruction waste base case report. The report must include the following information:
    • Projected types of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure;
    • Projected amount of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure; and
    • Computation of the deconstruction waste base case generation in kg/ha.
  2. The deconstruction waste management program. The program must include the following information:
    • Deconstruction solid waste diversion target for the project;
    • Solid waste diversion strategies identified for diverting deconstruction solid waste of the project, which should include the following information:
      • Identified deconstruction solid waste diversion strategies, including the type of solid waste diverted by each strategy; and
      • Projected amount of solid waste diverted by each strategy in kg.
    • Documented procedures for the proper handling of solid waste from deconstruction, which should include procedures for:
      • Segregating of the deconstruction solid waste generated at source;
      • Providing on-site storage for deconstruction solid waste;
      • Proper and safe handling of the different the types of deconstruction solid waste generated; and
      • Collecting the deconstruction solid waste generated from the storage into the solid waste diversion facility or landfill.
  3. The plans and specifications of the solid waste diversion strategies identified for diverting deconstruction solid waste of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  4. The action plan for the implementation of the deconstruction waste management program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • List of operators, suppliers and service providers engaged for the implementation of the program, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the engaged operator, supplier or service provider;
      • Description of the service and the types of solid waste handled and managed by the engaged operator or service provider;
      • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
      • If the engaged stakeholder is an operator, address of the operator's solid waste diversion facility.
    • Indicative timeframes for the implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification; and
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program.
  5. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  6. The communication records as proof that the deconstruction waste management program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  7. The documentation on the implementation of the deconstruction waste management program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • As-built plans and specifications of the solid waste diversion strategies identified for diverting deconstruction solid waste of the project;
    • List of operators, suppliers and service providers involved in the implementation of the program, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the engaged operator, supplier or service provider;
      • Description of the service and the types of solid waste handled and managed by the engaged operator or service provider;
      • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Service contracts as proof of engagement with the operator, supplier or service provider, which should include the following information:
      • Description of the service and the types of solid waste handled and managed by the engaged operator or service provider; and
      • Period of engagement with the operator, supplier or service provider.
    • Monitoring reports on the segregation and storage of deconstruction solid waste;
    • Monitoring reports on the collection, and proper and safe handling of deconstruction solid waste;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the deconstruction waste management program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  8. The documentation on the segregation, handling, collection, and storage of solid waste from deconstruction. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  9. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of the solid waste generated from deconstruction. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Waste tickets or logs;
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts, and
    • Photographs.
  10. A report on the calculation of the deconstruction solid waste diversion achieved by the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Types of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure;
    • Actual amount of solid waste generated in the deconstruction of the existing buildings and infrastructure;
    • Computation of the deconstruction solid waste diversion in kg/ha; and
    • Percentage of deconstruction solid waste diversion compared to the deconstruction waste base case.

MSR-06 Construction activity pollution prevention and control

This requirement aims to:

The project team must:

  1. Conduct a site assessment prior to any demolition and construction activities in the project to:
    • Identify the expected sources of pollution in the project; and
    • Determine the potential impact of the demolition and construction activities to the project and its immediate surroundings.
  2. Develop a construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The program must contain:
    • The identified strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution from demolition and construction activities; and
    • The policies and procedures for managing the expected pollution from demolition and construction activities in the project, including the demolition and construction activities of the locators.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the duration of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Implement the construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that the program is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the program using the established methodology in the action plan; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  5. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to effectively manage the waste and pollution for all demolition and construction activities in the project.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team must submit:

  1. A site assessment report prior to any demolition and construction activities in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Expected sources of pollution in the project;
    • Potential impact of the deconstruction and construction activities to the project and its immediate surroundings; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the negative impacts of the deconstruction activities activities to the project and its immediate surroundings.
  2. The construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution from demolition and construction activities;
    • Expected pollution abated by the identified strategies;
    • Documented policies and procedures for managing the expected pollution from demolition and construction activities in the project, including the demolition and construction activities of the locators.
  3. The plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution from demolition and construction activities. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  4. The action plan for the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the implementation of each strategy in the program; and
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program.
  5. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  6. The communication records as proof that the construction activity pollution prevention and control program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  7. The documentation on the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • As-built plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control the expected pollution from demolition and construction activities;
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  9. A report on the evaluation of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to effectively manage the waste and pollution for all demolition and construction activities in the project.

Scoring and Rating

What is the rating for BERDE?

The minimum rating for certification is a BERDE 1-Star rating. The assessment team will be providing the recommendation for the rating of the project based on the outcomes of the assessment at each Stage.

The project may be
awarded with:		 If the project achieves a weighting of:
★★★★★ 5 Stars 91% to 100% World class
★★★★ 4 Stars 81% to 90% Country leader
★★★ 3 Stars 71% to 80% Exemplar performance
★★ 2 Stars 61% to 70% Ideal performance
★ 1 Star 51% to 60% Good practice

What are the applicable credits and available scores for your project?

The available credits and available scores for certification are based on the certification or project stages, project types and occupancy types.

In addition to the maximum score, the core framework has twenty (20) points available that provide project teams with options for pursuing credits for their district based on their sustainability goals and performance targets.

Applicable credits

No. Credit Name Certification stage Occupancy type
MN-01 Project Management All Stages All Occupancies
MN-02 Project Owner Responsibility All Stages All Occupancies
MN-03 Green Building Professional All Stages All Occupancies
MN-04 Environmentally Responsible Project Team All Stages All Occupancies
MN-05 Stakeholder Consultation All Stages All Occupancies
MN-06 Certified Green Buildings All Stages All Occupancies
MN-07 Green District Education All Stages All Occupancies
LE-01 High Priority Areas All Stages All Occupancies
LE-02 Ecological Features Improvement All Stages All Occupancies
LE-03 Public Open Spaces All Stages All Occupancies
LE-04 Heat Island Reduction All Stages All Occupancies
LE-05 Flood Risk Management All Stages All Occupancies
LE-06 Light Pollution Reduction All Stages All Occupancies
EN-01 Energy Efficiency and Conservation All Stages All Occupancies
EN-02 Renewable Energy All Stages All Occupancies
WT-01 Water Efficiency and Conservation All Stages All Occupancies
WT-02 Alternative Water Sources All Stages All Occupancies
WT-03 Water Pollution Prevention All Stages All Occupancies
WS-01 Waste Management All Stages All Occupancies
MT-01 Green Procurement All Stages All Occupancies
MT-02 Local Procurement All Stages All Occupancies
MT-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement All Stages All Occupancies
TR-01 Pedestrian Mobility All Stages All Occupancies
TR-02 Cyclist Facilities All Stages All Occupancies
TR-03 Mass Transportation Access All Stages All Occupancies
TR-04 Other Alternative Transportation All Stages All Occupancies
HW-01 Urban Agriculture All Stages All Occupancies
HW-02 Ambient Air Quality All Stages All Occupancies
HW-03 Noise Pollution Reduction All Stages All Occupancies
HW-04 Active Design All Stages All Occupancies
EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Emissions All Stages All Occupancies
CE-01 Disaster Resiliency All Stages All Occupancies
CE-02 Local Identity All Stages All Occupancies
CE-03 Accessibility for All All Stages All Occupancies
CE-04 Digital Infrastructure All Stages All Occupancies
EO-01 Local Business Support All Stages All Occupancies
EO-02 Local Labor All Stages All Occupancies
EO-03 Green Jobs All Stages All Occupancies
EO-04 Affordable Housing All Stages All Occupancies

Maximum score

The maximum score for BERDE Certification will be based on the applicable credits based on its certification stage, project type and occupancy type. The weighting and the equivalent rating of the project will be calculated based on the applicable maximum score.

Certification stage Occupancy type Maximum score
S1 All occupancies 97
S1 S2 All occupancies 97

How do you compute for the weighting?

The weighting of the score for the project is the awarded score for the Core Framework over the maximum score applicable for the project.

The maximum weighting for the project is 100%.

Weighting (%) = Awarded score X 100
Maximum score

The recommended rating will be equivalent to the weighting of the project. See What is the rating for BERDE?

How do you use the BERDE Scoresheet?

  1. Download the Template — BERDE — Districts Scoresheet.
  2. Accomplish the Template — BERDE — Districts Scoresheet.
    • Under the Project Information tab:
      • Indicate the Project Name, Project Owner and Project Address;
      • Select the Project Type applicable for the project;
      • Select the Certification Stage and Assessment Round for your submission;
      • Indicate who prepared the Scoresheet under Prepared by, Designation, and Email Address; and
      • Enter the date when the scoresheet was accomplished under Date Prepared.
    • Under the Scoresheet tab, for each credit:
      • Select Yes or No whether you are pursuing the credit;
      • If you selected Yes for credits you are pursuing, indicate your target score for each pursued credit.

Compliance Requirements

Project teams must submit documented information to demonstrate how the project complies with their target credits. The documentation prepared and submitted by the project team allows the assessment team to assess and verify the project's performance based on valid, credible, and verifiable information.

It is the responsibility of the project team to prepare and submit documents that present valid, credible, and verifiable information about the project. The documents submitted by the project team will be reviewed by the assessment team and will be referenced in the Assessment Report, which is the basis for the rating and certification of the project.

Submit robust evidence demonstrating the compliance of the project with the target credits. Project teams must prepare documentation reflecting the information required under their pursued credits. Within each credit, Compliance Notes provide project teams with guidance on what information are necessary to conform with the requirements of the credit.

The Compliance Notes reflect the information that are:

Use existing project files. The project team should use existing project files for the design, construction, and operations of the project. You are not required to create or prepare documents exclusive for BERDE. This will reduce the time and effort in preparing for the certification of the project.

Plans and as-built plans

Plans are written and graphical representation of the design and construction of the different elements of a project. The plans must reflect the dimensions, locations and technical descriptions of the different strategies and systems designed or implemented in the project.

Plans and as-built plans must reflect the information on the ownership of the project and the professionals involved in the preparation of the documents. These must include the following information:

In addition, these documents reflect information on the ownership of the documents and approval for the use in the project. These documents must be:

For projects in jurisdictions mandated to have a BERDE Certificate as a pre-requisite for applications for building permits and occupancy permits, the plans and as-built plans must be:

Base case

A base case refers to the model, base calculation, or set of data prior to implementation of strategies where the performance of a project is measured from. Data used for the base case project must be supported by generally accepted standards.

Base cases are generally used for the comparison of the improved energy, water and waste performance of the project.

The base case must be prepared by the relevant professional and duly approved by the project owner.

Bill of materials

Bill of materials are effective presenting the materials and products specified in the project.

Bill of materials must reflect the following information:

In addition, the bill of materials must be:

Certificates of compliance

Certificates of compliance should be awarded by third-party certifying bodies reflecting the conformance with of a product or process with generally accepted industry or professional standards, credible certification programs, or labelling schemes.

The certificate must reflect the following information:

Commissioning report

Commissioning reports must reflect the outcomes of the conduct of testing and commissioning for the project. The report must reflect the following information:

Commissioning reports must be:

Communication records

Communication records must include the:

Communication records may include:

Delivery receipt

Delivery receipts must include:

In addition, the delivery receipts must be:

Installation records

Installation records may be submitted as supporting documents to show the receipt and installation of products, materials, or technologies in the project. The document must reflect the details of the installed item, date of installation, and name of the service provider or party that installed the item, duly signed by the installer, and duly approved and signed by the project owner.

Minutes of meeting

Minutes of meetings must include the date, location, attendance list of the meeting, clear proceedings of the meeting, and agreed actions from the discussions. The attendance list must include the names, organization, and designation or roles in the project.

Official receipts

Official receipts must reflect the product, material, technology, or service received and paid for the project, date, and name of supplier, duly signed by the authorized representative of the supplier.

Policy

A policy is the general statement of the project owner reflecting its commitment to the quality and performance required for the project's design, construction or operations. Documented policies must be approved by top management of the project owner.

Procedure

A procedure must reflect the specific activities necessary to complete a process and achieve the policies for the project. Documented procedures must be prepared by the project team and approved by the top management of the project owner.

Purchase order

Purchase orders must reflect the specific material, product or technology specified in the project, the number of items, date of the request, signature of the project owner, the name of the supplier, and receipt and signature of the supplier.

Purchase record

Documentations reflecting the intent of the project team to purchase the identified products, technologies or strategies, which must include:

Specifications

Specifications are written documentation describing the materials, products and processes for the construction of a project.

Specifications prepared during the design phase typically describe the performance requirements for the products and work required for the delivery of the project, which may include:

On the other hand, as-built specifications reflect the information on the completed project and are prescriptive in nature. As-built specifications present the materials and products installed, and processed implemented for the project. It may also include the performance requirements based on the brand and type of materials used in the project.

Specifications must include the following information:

In addition, specifications must be duly signed by the relevant professional, and duly approved and signed by the project owner.

Service contract

A service contract serves as the proof for the engagement of an organization or individual to provide a service for the project.

A service contract must reflect the following information:

Core Framework

Management

Management category focuses on the sustainable processes and practices for the effective management of the planning and implementation of district projects. Management promotes collaborative and integrated processes that help in identifying the most sustainable and cost-effective strategies and programs for the project.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
MN-01 Project Management All Stages All Occupancies
MN-02 Project Owner Responsibility All Stages All Occupancies
MN-03 Green Building Professional All Stages All Occupancies
MN-04 Environmentally Responsible Project Team All Stages All Occupancies
MN-05 Stakeholder Consultation All Stages All Occupancies
MN-06 Certified Green Buildings All Stages All Occupancies
MN-07 Green District Education All Stages All Occupancies

MN-01 Project Management

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. These targets must include:
    • The environmental, economic and social priorities of the project owner for the project; and
    • The BERDE — Districts credits pursued for the project.
  2. Identify and engage an interdisciplinary project team early in the project development. When engaging a project team, the project owner must:
    • Identify the primary roles and necessary qualifications of the project team members for the project;
    • Define the responsibilities of each project team member; and
    • Engage the members early in the planning stage to ensure the optimized delivery of the project.
  3. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the integrated delivery of the project.
  4. Conduct regular charettes. All members of the project team, including the project owner must participate in the charettes to ensure optimization of the decision making process. The project team must discuss the following during the regular charettes:
    • The applicable building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards for the project;
    • The target credits for BERDE — Districts and performance targets;
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the programs, including the responsibilities for each define role;
    • The summary of the indicative time frames for the implementation of the programs developed for the project;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the programs and its action plans;
    • The process for procuring products and services to support the implementation of the programs; and
    • The communication of the programs and its action plans to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must conduct regular charettes. The project team must discuss the following during the regular charettes:

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Established the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project, and conducted kick-off meeting and regular charettes.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Conducted regular charettes to monitor and evaluate the implementation of the programs and its action plans, and to determine opportunities to continuously improve the programs and its action plans.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. A report on the performance goals and sustainability targets for the project. The report must:
    • Reflect the goals and targets established by the project owner towards sustainability for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the sustainability goals and targets of the local government on achieving sustainability.
  2. The project organizational chart. The organizational chart must include the following information:
    • Roles identified for the project;
    • Responsibilities for each identified role;
    • Company or organization;
    • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
    • Period of engagement with the project team member.
  3. The documentation on the kick-off meeting conducted. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of attendees;
    • Agenda of the kick-off meeting;
    • Proceedings of the kick-off meeting, which should include discussions on:
      • The establishment of the performance goals and sustainability targets for the project; and
      • The identification of the most sustainable and cost-effective strategies for the planning and implementation of the project;
    • Recommendations for the effective planning and implementation of the policies, programs, strategies and action plans for the project; and
    • Photographs of the conduct of kick-off meeting.
  4. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during planning. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of attendees;
    • Agenda of the regular charettes;
    • Proceedings of the regular charettes, which should include discussions on:
      • The review of the applicable building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards for the project and recommendations to ensure compliance;
      • The target credits for BERDE — Districts and performance targets;
      • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the programs;
      • The indicative time frames for the implementation of the programs developed for the project;
      • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the programs and its action plan;
      • The process for procuring products and services to support the implementation of the programs; and
      • The communication of the programs and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
    • Photographs of the conduct of regular charettes.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The project organizational chart. The organizational chart must include the following information:
    • Roles assigned for the project;
    • Responsibilities for each assigned role;
    • Company or organization;
    • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
    • Period of engagement with the project team member.
  2. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during implementation. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of attendees;
    • Agenda of the regular charettes;
    • Proceedings of the regular charettes, which should include discussions on:
      • The milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the programs;
      • The resources allocated to support the implementation of the programs;
      • The assessment on whether the programs were being implemented successfully;
      • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
      • The opportunities to further improve the programs and its action plans to achieve the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project.
    • Photographs of the conduct of the regular charettes.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Charettes

Refer to meetings or workshops with members of the project team to collaboratively contribute to the project's planning and implementation in line with the project's goals and performance targets.

References

MN-02 Project Owner Responsibility

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

The project owner must establish a sustainability policy reflecting:

The project team must:

  1. Develop or adopt a quality system for sustainability reporting. The quality system must contain:
    • The establishment of the scope of reporting aligned with the project owner's sustainability policy;
    • The adoption of an appropriate reporting methodology for the sustainability report in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • The establishment of methodology for monitoring and recording the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner;
    • The presentation of the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner;
    • The evaluation of the outcomes reported, including the issues and challenges encountered;
    • The presentation of the long-term policies, programs, strategies and action plans of the project owner on sustainability; and
    • The continuous improvement of the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner.
  2. Regularly conduct sustainability reporting aligned with the developed quality system.
  3. Publicly report the project owner's environmental, social and economic performance through a sustainability report.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Demonstrated the establishment of the project owner's sustainability policy, and the regular conduct and public reporting of the project owner's environmental, social and economic performance through a sustainability report.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's responsibilities and commitments on sustainability. The policy must:
    • Reflect the commitments and responsibilities of the project owner towards sustainability as an organization; and
    • Define the environmental, social and economic targets and performance for the project.
  2. The documented policies and procedures on the quality system for sustainability reporting. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Establishment of the scope of reporting aligned with the project owner's sustainability policy;
    • Adoption of an appropriate reporting methodology for the sustainability report in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Establishment of methodology for monitoring and recording the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner;
    • Presentation of the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner;
    • Evaluation of the outcomes reported, including the issues and challenges encountered;
    • Presentation of the long-term policies, programs, strategies and action plans of the project owner on sustainability;
    • Continuous improvement of the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner; and
    • Regular conduct of sustainability reporting aligned with developed quality system.
  3. The sustainability report of the project owner. The report must include the following information:
    • Scope of the reporting aligned with the project owner's sustainability policy;
    • Appropriate reporting methodology in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner;
    • Environmental, social and economic performance of the project owner;
    • Long-term policies, programs, strategies and action plans of the project owner on sustainability; and
    • Publicly accessible link to the sustainability report.

If the sustainability report was certified by a third-party certification body, the project team should also submit:

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Sustainability reporting

Refers to the organization's practice of reporting publicly on its significant economic, environmental and social impacts, in accordance with globally accepted standards. Such disclosures enable organizations to measure, understand and communicate their economic, environmental, social and governance (EESG) performance and then set goals, and manage change more effectively. (SEC Memorandum Circular No. 4, s. 2019, 2019)

References

MN-03 Green Building Professional

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

The project owner must engage a competent and qualified GBP for the project. When engaging a GBP, the project owner must:

  1. Identify the necessary qualifications of the professional. The professional must either be:
    • A Certified BERDE Professional (CBP) in good standing trained under the BERDE Professionals Basic Training Course for BERDE — Districts; or
    • A GBP in good standing who is certified under a green building certification program for professionals with focus on the planning and implementation of green communities and campuses. The certification program must be one of the following:
      • Duly recognized by the WorldGBC; or
      • Duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NBGC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC); or
      • Administered by a body that complies with ISO/IEC Standard 17024 (Conformity assessment — General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons).
  2. Define the responsibilities of the professional during the BERDE Certification process for Districts.
  3. Engage a GBP for the project from at least the start until the completion of the BERDE Certification process for Districts.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Engaged a qualified and competent GBP for the BERDE Certification of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team should submit the proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Certified BERDE Professional (CBP)

Refers to a qualified professional certified by PHILGBC as a consultant for BERDE certification. CBPs engaged as the authorized GBP for a district project undergoing BERDE Certification, the professional must be:

Green building professional

Refers to a professional trained on green building and green building rating systems, and certified or licensed under a green building certification program.

References

MN-04 Environmentally Responsible Project Team

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for adopting formal environmental management and procurement practices for the project.
  2. Identify environmentally responsible project team members amongst the project team engaged for BERDE Certification, which are implementing a quality system for environmental management and procurement within their organizations in accordance with generally accepted, or industry recognized standards. The quality system must contain:
    • The establishment of an environmental policy, which applies within the organization, as well as the service provided in projects;
    • The identification of key environmental aspects of the organization's operations;
    • The establishment of environmental objectives and targets to address the identified aspects;
    • The development of an environmental program and action plan to achieve the established objectives and targets;
    • The implementation of the environmental action plan, including monitoring and recording its outcomes;
    • The evaluation of the outcomes recorded, including resolving the issues and challenges encountered; and
    • The presentation of future programs to improve environmental performance.
  3. Define the roles and responsibilities of the environmentally responsible project team members for the BERDE Certification of the project.
  4. Engage environmentally responsible project team members to effectively manage the environmental impacts of the project during its planning and implementation.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Engaged ninety percent (90%) or more environmentally responsible project team members for the planning and implementation of the project.
2 points Engaged eighty percent (80%) to less than ninety percent (<90%) environmentally responsible project team members for the planning and implementation of the project.
1 point Engaged seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) environmentally responsible project team members for the planning and implementation of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy adopting formal environmental management and procurement practices for the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and objectives of the project owner in effectively managing the environmental impacts of the project during planning and implementation;
    • Include the establishment of a quality system for environmental management and procurement for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for environmental management.
  2. The list of the engaged project team members for the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Awarded scope of work for the project;
    • Company or organization;
    • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
    • Period of engagement with the project team member.
  3. A report on the calculation of the environmentally responsible project team members engaged for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of project team members engaged for the project;
    • Number of project team members, which are implementing a quality system for environmental management and procurement within their organizations in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Percentage of environmentally responsible project team members engaged compared to the total number of project team members engaged for the project.
  4. The documented proof of conformity of the engaged environmentally responsible project team members to generally accepted standards. The documentation must either be:
    • A certification from a third-party certification body reflecting the compliance of the project team member with generally accepted standards for environmental management and procurement; or
    • The documented policies and procedures on the quality system for environmental management and procurement in accordance with generally accepted standards. The documentation must include the following information:
      • Establishment of an environmental policy, which applies within the organization, as well as the service provided in projects;
      • Identification of key environmental aspects of the organization's operations;
      • Establishment of environmental objectives and targets to address the identified aspects;
      • Development of an environmental program and action plan to achieve the established objectives and targets;
      • Implementation of the environmental action plan, including monitoring and recording its outcomes;
      • Evaluation of the outcomes recorded, including resolving the issues and challenges encountered; and
      • Presentation of future programs to improve environmental performance.
  5. The proof of engagement of each engaged environmentally responsible project team member. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities of the engaged environmentally responsible project team members in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement of the engaged environmentally responsible project team members, which must be from the start until the completion of the awarded scope of work for BERDE Certification.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Environmental management system

Refers to a part of the organization's management system used to manage environmental aspects, fulfill compliance obligations and address risks and opportunities. (ISO Standard 14001, 2015)

Contractor

Refers to any person or entity, including a cooperative, engaged in a legitimate contracting or subcontracting arrangement providing either services, skilled workers, temporary workers, or a combination of services to a principal under a service agreement. (DOLE Department Order No. 18-02, s. 2011, 2011)

References

MN-05 Stakeholder Consultation

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 – Planning

The project team must:

  1. Identify the materially affected stakeholders for the project.
  2. Consult the materially affected stakeholders prior to finalizing the policies, programs, strategies and action plans for the project. The project team must discuss the following during the stakeholder consultations:
    • Background of the project and its features;
    • Environmental, social and economic sustainability strategies related to the materially affected stakeholders;
    • Compliance with applicable building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards;
    • End-user related requirements for the project, which should include the following:
      • Infrastructure and spaces within the project intended for public use;
      • Environmental, social and economic impact of the project to to its immediate surroundings;
      • Local identity that is distinct for the project;
      • Accessibility and ease of movement; and
      • Design and construction guidelines for potential locators within the project.
    • Opportunities for experiential learning on the sustainability features of the project.
  3. Demonstrate how the recommendations from the consultations were incorporated in the policies, programs, strategies and action plans for the project.
Materially affected stakeholders

The project team should consult the following prior to finalizing the policies, programs, strategies and action plans for the project:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the recommendations from the stakeholder consultations. The project team must:
    • Incorporate the recommendations in the policies, programs, strategies and action plans established for the project;
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the recommendations;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the recommendations;
    • Ensure that the recommendations are implemented within the specified time frame in the action plans;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the recommendations using the established methodology in the action plans; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the recommendations to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the recommendations from the stakeholder consultations. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the recommendations;
    • Review if the recommendations were successfully incorporated in the policies, programs, strategies and action plans for the project;
    • Present the challenges encountered during the implementation and actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine opportunities to further improve the policies, programs, strategies and action plans of the project through incorporating recommendations from the stakeholder consultations.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Incorporated at least three (3) environmental, social or economic recommendations from the consultations for the planning of the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from the stakeholders.
2 points Incorporated at least two (2) environmental, social or economic recommendations from the consultations for the planning of the project.
1 point Incorporated at least one (1) environmental, social or economic recommendation from the consultations for the planning of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team demonstrates:
3 points Implemented at least three (3) environmental, social or economic recommendations from the consultations in the project, including specific requirements and recommendations from the stakeholders.
2 points Implemented at least two (2) environmental, social or economic recommendations from the consultations in the project.
1 point Implemented at least one (1) environmental, social or economic recommendation from the consultations in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The list of materially affected stakeholders. The list must include the following information:
    • Company or organization;
    • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
    • Relationship to the project owner.
  2. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of attendees;
    • Agenda of each stakeholder consultation;
    • Proceedings of the consultations, which should include discussions on:
      • The background of the project and its features;
      • The social, economic and environmental sustainability strategies related to the materially affected stakeholders;
      • The review of the applicable building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards and recommendations to ensure compliance;
      • The end-user related requirements for the project, which should include the following:
        • Infrastructure and spaces within the project intended for public use;
        • Environmental, social and economic impact of the project to to its immediate surroundings;
        • Local identity that is distinct for the project;
        • Accessibility and ease of movement; and
        • Design and construction guidelines for potential locators within the project.
      • Opportunities for experiential learning on the sustainability features of the project.
    • Photographs of the conduct of stakeholder consultations.
  3. A report on how the recommendations from the consultations were incorporated. The report must include the following information:
    • Narrative on how the recommendations from the consultations were incorporated prior to finalizing the policies, programs, strategies and action plans for the project; and
    • Relevant sections from the policies, programs, strategies and actions plans reflecting the incorporated recommendations from the stakeholder consultations.
  4. The plans and specifications of the recommendations incorporated in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified recommendation within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified recommendation.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. A report on how the recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Narrative on how the recommendations from the consultations were implemented in the project; and
    • Relevant sections from the policies, programs, strategies and actions plans reflecting the incorporated recommendations 2.from the stakeholder consultations.
  2. The documentation on the implementation of the recommendations from the stakeholder consultations. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of project stakeholders involved in the implementation of the recommendations, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the engaged project stakeholder;
      • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Service contracts as proof of engagement with the project stakeholder, including the period of engagement with the project stakeholder;
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the recommendations in the project;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the recommendations; and
    • Communication records as proof of that the implementation of the recommendations is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the recommendations incorporated in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented recommendation within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented recommendation.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the recommendations. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. A report on the evaluation of the implementation of the recommendations from the stakeholder consultations. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the recommendations;
    • Assessment on whether the recommendations were implemented successfully;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the policies, programs, strategies and action plans of the project through incorporating recommendations from the stakeholder consultations.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Materially affected stakeholders

Refer to the person or organization that can affect, be affected by, or perceive itself to be affected by the project.

References

MN-06 Certified Green Buildings

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must:

  1. Identify registered and certified green buildings within the project. Certified green buildings must be certified under one of the following:
    • BERDE Green Building Rating System, or
    • A green building rating system developed or duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC).
  2. Recognize registered and certified green buildings to the sustainability of the project to encourage other building locators to design, construct and operate green buildings.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: If the project team:
3 points Identified and recognized fifteen percent (15%) or more registered or certified buildings within the project.
2 points Identified and recognized five percent (5%) or less than fifteen percent (<15%) registered or certified buildings within the project.
1 point Identified and recognized one (1) registered or certified building within the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

All Stages

The project team should submit:

  1. The list of registered and certified green buildings within the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Project name;
    • Project location;
    • Project owner;
    • Total gross floor area in m2;
    • Green building rating system used by each project; and
    • Certification status.
  2. A report on the calculation of the registered or certified green buildings within the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of buildings in the project;
    • Total number of registered or certified green buildings in the project; and
    • Percentage of registered or certified green buildings compared to the total number of buildings in the project.
  3. The green building certificates of the registered or certified green buildings within the project. The certificate must include the following information:
    • Project name;
    • Project scope and location;
    • Project owner's name;
    • Green building rating system used by the project;
    • Version of the green building rating system;
    • Certification body;
    • Registration or certification date; and
    • Registration or certification validity.
  4. A report on the recognition provided for identified green buildings. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of recognition provided to the identified green buildings;
    • Narrative on how the identified green buildings in the project were recognized;
    • Resources allocated for the successful recognition of the identified green buildings;
    • Documented proof that the identified green buildings were recognized.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Certified green buildings

Refer to green building projects that were certified under one of the following:

MN-07 Green District Education

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in highlighting the sustainability features of the project, and in educating the users and the public on sustainability.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Planning and implementing strategies to highlight the sustainability features of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing regular activities to educate the users and the public on sustainability.
  3. Develop an educational program on sustainability. The program must contain:
    • The strategies for highlighting the sustainability features of the project and its benefits to the users and the public, which may include:
      • Information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins highlighting the sustainability features in the project; and
      • Guided live tours going to every sustainability features of the project available for the users and the public.
    • The regular activities for educating the users and the public on sustainability, which may include:
      • Activities on sustainability topics, where users and the public can actively participate;
      • Sustainability initiatives that benefit the local community; and
      • Capacity building activities for the employees on the proper management of the sustainability features incorporated in the project.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the educational program on sustainability. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the educational program on sustainability and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  5. Prepare a case study on the planning of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes. The case study must contain:
    • A brief information on the project;
    • The potential environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated in planning that enable the project to move towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The projected performance achieved for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences in incorporating sustainability in the planning of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the educational program on sustainability. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the educational program on sustainability. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the educational program on sustainability;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously highlight the sustainability features of the project, and to continuously increase the awareness of the users and the public on sustainability.
  3. Prepare a case study on the implementation of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the PHILGBC on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes. The case study must include:
    • The actual environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated in implementation that enable the project to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The actual performance achieved for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences in incorporating sustainability in the implementation of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed an educational program on sustainability and its action plan, and prepared a case study on the planning of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the educational program on sustainability aligned with its action plan, and prepared a case study on the implementation of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for educating the users and the public on sustainability. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals established by the project owner for highlighting the sustainability features of the project, and for educating the users and the public on sustainability; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government in raising the public's awareness on sustainability.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies to highlight the sustainability features of the project, and to educate the users and the public on sustainability;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The educational program on sustainability. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies for highlighting the sustainability features of the project and its benefits to the users and the public;
    • Identified strategies for educating the users and the public on sustainability;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the educational program on sustainability for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for highlighting the sustainability features of the project and its benefits to the users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the sustainability features within the project;
    • Access routes for the users and the public to the sustainability features;
    • Description of the sustainability features reflecting its target sustainability impact;
    • Location of the information facilities that will be placed throughout the project; and
    • Narrative on the information that will be provided by the information facilities.
  5. A report on the activities for educating the users and the public on sustainability. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity identified for the users and the public;
    • Sustainability themes of each activity;
    • Target schedules for the implementation of the activities; and
    • List of materials that will be used for the implementation of the activity.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the educational program on sustainability. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the educational program on sustainability and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  9. The case study on the planning of the project. The case study must include the following information:
    • Brief information on the project;
    • Potential environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • Best practices on sustainability incorporated in planning that enable the project to move towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • Projected performance achieved for energy, water and waste;
    • Experiences in incorporating sustainability in the planning of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Written consent allowing the PHILGBC on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the educational program on sustainability. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof of that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the educational program on sustainability for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for highlighting the sustainability features of the project and its benefits to the users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the sustainability features within the project;
    • Access routes for the users and the public to the sustainability features;
    • Description of the sustainability features reflecting its target sustainability impact;
    • Location of the information facilities that will be placed throughout the project; and
    • Narrative on the information that will be provided by the information facilities.
  3. The report on the activities for educating the users and the public on sustainability. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity implemented for the users and the public;
    • Sustainability themes of each activity;
    • Schedules when the activities were implemented;
    • List of attendees for each activity;
    • List of invited subject matter experts for the successful implementation of each activity;
    • List of materials used for the implementation of the activities;
    • Proceedings of the activities conducted.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the educational program on sustainability. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the educational program on sustainability;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously highlight the sustainability features of the project, and to continuously increase the awareness of the users and the public on sustainability.
  6. The case study on the implementation of the project. The case study must include the following information:
    • The actual environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated in implementation that enable the project to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The actual performance achieved for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences in incorporating sustainability in the implementation of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Experiential learning

Refers to a method of learning involving first-hand experiences for a specific subject.

Use of Land and Ecology

Use of Land and Ecology category promotes the mindful use of land, and the reduced negative impact of the project development to the natural environment and local ecology. Use of Land and Ecology also encourages project owners to plan and implement strategies for social cohesion and physical activities.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
LE-01 High Priority Areas All Stages All Occupancies
LE-02 Ecological Features Improvement All Stages All Occupancies
LE-03 Public Open Spaces All Stages All Occupancies
LE-04 Heat Island Reduction All Stages All Occupancies
LE-05 Flood Risk Management All Stages All Occupancies
LE-06 Light Pollution Reduction All Stages All Occupancies

LE-01 High Priority Areas

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in limiting the use of greenfield and encouraging the use of high priority areas in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting a site assessment on identifying high priority areas and determining site contaminations; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas.
  3. Conduct a site assessment to identify high priority areas and determine site contaminations. The assessment must contain:
    • The high priority areas present in the project, which should include:
      • Previously developed lands,
      • Brownfields, including its site contamination, and
      • Idle lands;
    • The recommendations to encourage the use of high priority areas in the project; and
    • If there are brownfields in the project, the recommendations for site remediation.
  4. Limit the use of greenfield for the development of buildings and infrastructure, and prioritize the use of high priority areas. High priority areas should be:
Previously Developed Lands

If there are previously developed lands within the project, the project team must:

  1. Identify strategies to encourage the use of previously developed lands in the project. Previously developed lands are areas within the project that are:
    • Previously used for residential, commercial, industrial or institutional applications; and
    • Used for at least the past twenty (20) years.
  2. Establish guidelines for the design and construction of buildings and infrastructure in previously developed lands.
  3. Communicate the strategies to the building locators and potential users of the project.
Brownfields

If there are brownfields within the project, the project team must:

  1. Implement the necessary site remediation measures prior to using the brownfields for the development buildings and infrastructure.
  2. Conduct a final site assessment to determine the condition of the brownfields after implementing the necessary remediation measures.
  3. Identify strategies to encourage the use of remediated brownfields in the project.
  4. Establish guidelines for the design and construction of buildings and infrastructure in remediated brownfield.
  5. Communicate the strategies to the building locators and potential users of the project.
Idle Lands

If there are idle lands within the project, the project team must:

  1. Identify strategies to encourage the use of idle lands in the project. Idle lands are areas within the project that are designated for non-agricultural use, but have no improvements made by the previous owner.
  2. Establish guidelines for the design and construction of buildings in idle lands.
  3. Communicate the strategies to the building locators and potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Ensure that each strategy is being implemented within the specified time frame;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas in the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategy to encourage the use of high priority areas;
    • Review if the strategies were being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the strategies to continuously encourage the use of high priority areas in the project.
Brownfields

If further site remediation and monitoring were recommended during the final site assessment, the project team must:

  1. Implement further site remediation measures prior to using the brownfields for the development of buildings and infrastructure.
  2. Conduct another site assessment to determine the condition of the brownfield after implementing the necessary remediation measures before using the remediated brownfields.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Used seventy percent (70%) or more high priority areas for the development of buildings and infrastructure in the project.
2 points Used sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) high priority areas for the development of buildings and infrastructure in the project.
1 point Used fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) high priority areas for the development of buildings and infrastructure in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting site assessment, and in planning and implementing strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. An initial site assessment report to identify high priority areas and determine site contaminations. The report must include the following information:
    • Condition of the project site prior to any planning and implementation activities;
    • Location of high priority areas present in the project;
    • If there are previously developed lands in the project,
      • Total land area of the previously developed lands in hectares (ha);
      • Previous use of the previously developed lands;
      • Period when each land was previously developed; and
      • Proof that the land was previously used for at least 20 years.
    • If there are brownfields in the project,
      • Total land area of brownfields that will be remediated in ha; and
      • Identified site contaminations of the brownfields.
    • If there are idle lands in the project,
      • Total land area of the idle lands in ha; and
      • Proof that the land was designated for non-agricultural use and there are no improvements made by the previous owner.
    • Recommendations to encourage the use of high priority areas.
  3. The site development plan. The plan must include the following information:
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha);
    • Location of the high priority areas present in the project, which must be either or all of the following:
      • Previously developed lands,
      • Brownfields that need remediation prior to use, and
      • Idle lands.
  4. The guidelines for the design and construction of buildings and infrastructure in high priority areas. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Design and construction considerations and requirements for developing in high priority areas;
    • Procedures for minimizing waste and pollution from deconstruction and construction activities for high priority areas; and
    • If there are brownfields present in the project, the guidelines must also include procedures for proper site remediation.
  5. The documentation on the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Plans and specifications of the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas in the project;
    • Communication records as proof that the strategies and documented policies and procedures were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • If there are brownfields present in the project, the project team should also submit:
      • Report on the implementation of site remediation measures. The report must include the following information:
        • Site remediation measures implemented in the brownfields;
        • Results of the implemented site remediation; and
        • If deemed necessary, recommendations for implementing further site remediation, management and monitoring.
      • Proof of engagement with the service provider that the conduct the site remediation. The documentation must include the following information:
        • Service provider engaged to implement site remediation;
        • Scope of work for site remediation; and
        • Period of engagement with the service provider.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of high priority areas used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • If there are previously developed lands present in the project,
      • Total land area of previously developed lands in the project in ha;
      • Size of previously developed lands used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha; and
      • Percentage of previously developed land used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of previously developed lands in the project.
    • If there are brownfields present in the project,
      • Total land area of remediated brownfields in the project in ha;
      • Size of remediated brownfields used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha; and
      • Percentage of remediated brownfield used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of remediate brownfields in the project.
    • If there are idle lands present in the project,
      • Total land area of idle lands in the project in ha;
      • Size of idle lands used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha; and
      • Percentage of idle land used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of idle lands in the project.
    • Total size of high priority areas used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha;
    • Total land area of high priority areas present in the project in ha; and
    • Total percentage of high priority areas used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of high priority areas present in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The as-built site development plan. The plan must include the following information:
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha);
    • Location of the high priority areas present in the project, which must be either or all of the following:
      • Previously developed lands,
      • Brownfields that need remediation prior to use, and
      • Idle lands.
  2. The guidelines for the design and construction of buildings and infrastructure in high priority areas. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Design and construction considerations and requirements for developing in high priority areas;
    • Procedures for minimizing waste and pollution from deconstruction and construction activities for high priority areas; and
    • If there are brownfields present in the project, the guidelines must also include procedures for proper site remediation.
  3. The documentation on the implementation of the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the strategies, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the strategies.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the strategies;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the strategies and documented policies and procedures are regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the design and construction of buildings and infrastructure in high priority areas;
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the strategies and documented policies and procedures for at least the validity of the project's certification; and
    • If the remediated brownfields require further site remediation, the project team should also submit a report on the implementation of further site remediation measures. The report must include the following information:
      • Further site remediation measures implemented in the brownfields;
      • Results of the implemented site remediation; and
      • If deemed necessary, recommendations for continuously implementing site remediation, management and monitoring.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to encourage the use of high priority areas;
    • Assessment on whether the strategies were being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the strategies to continuously encourage the use of high priority areas in the project.
  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of high priority areas used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • If there are previously developed lands present in the project,
      • Total land area of previously developed lands in the project in ha;
      • Size of previously developed lands used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha; and
      • Percentage of previously developed land used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of previously developed lands in the project.
    • If there are brownfields present in the project,
      • Total land area of remediated brownfields in the project in ha;
      • Size of remediated brownfields used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha; and
      • Percentage of remediated brownfield used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of remediate brownfields in the project.
    • If there are idle lands present in the project,
      • Total land area of idle lands in the project in ha;
      • Size of idle lands used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha; and
      • Percentage of idle land used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of idle lands in the project.
    • Total size of high priority areas used for the development of buildings and infrastructure in ha;
    • Total land area of high priority areas present in the project in ha; and
    • Total percentage of high priority areas used for the development of buildings and infrastructure compared to the total land area of high priority areas present in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Brownfield

Refers to areas within the district that have site contamination, and must be remediated prior to its use.

Idle lands

Refer to areas within the district that are designated for non-agricultural use, but have no improvements made by the previous land owner.

Previously developed land

Refer to areas within the district that are:

Site remediation

Refers to the treatment, containment, removal or management of chemical substances or wastes, so that they no longer represent an actual or potential risk to human or the environment, taking into account the current and intended use of the site. (EMB Circular No. 2017-004, 2017)

References

LE-02 Ecological Features Improvement

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in protecting, restoring and improving the ecological features in the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the conditions of the ecological features within the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features within the project.
  3. Conduct a site assessment to determine the condition of the existing ecological features within the project. The site assessment must contain:
    • The existing ecological features present in the project, which should include:
      • Floras and faunas in the project, which may include:
        • Trees of significant ecological value,
        • Plant species native to the project,
        • Existing adapted plants within the project, and
        • Existing land, air and marine animal species;
      • Nearby bodies of water, which may include:
        • Natural watercourses, and
        • Wetland areas;
      • Nearby protected areas; and
      • Natural land covers or vegetated open spaces.
    • The recommendations to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. Develop a program for the protection, restoration and improvement of the ecological features in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies for protecting, restoring and improving the ecological features in the project, which may include:
      • Provision of native or indigenous plant species as vegetation for public open spaces;
      • Protection of existing natural habitats;
      • Rehabilitation of natural watercourses and wetland areas;
      • Adoption of horticultural best practices for landscape management; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on the protection, restoration and improvement of the ecological features.
    • The policies and procedures for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of the ecological features. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Incorporated three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
2 points Incorporated two (2) strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
1 point Incorporated one (1) strategy to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
2 points Implemented two (2) strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
1 point Implemented one (1) strategy to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for protecting, restoring and improving the ecological features in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and targets established by the project owner for protecting, restoring and improving the ecological features within the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government in protecting, restoring and improving ecological features.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the existing ecological features in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Existing types of ecological features present in the project, which should include:
      • Floras and faunas in the project, which may include:
        • Trees of significant ecological value,
        • Plant species native to the project,
        • Existing adapted plants within the project, and
        • Existing land, air and marine animal species;
      • Nearby bodies of water, which may include:
        • Natural watercourses, and
        • Wetland areas;
      • Nearby protected areas; and
      • Natural land covers or vegetated open spaces.
    • Current condition of the existing ecological features present in the project; and
    • Recommendations to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. The program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies for protecting, restoring and improving ecological features in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourages building locators and potential users to develop and implement strategies to protect, restore and improve ecological features for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which should include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program for the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Biodiversity

Refers to the variability among all living organisms from all sources including terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems. (United Nations, 1992)

Ecological features

Refer to features with significant ecological value and contributes to the biodiversity of the area and are essential for providing ecosystem services to the area. Ecological features may include key biodiversity areas, protected areas, vegetation, forests, inland water or wetlands, and floras and faunas.

Protected areas

Refer to identified portions of land and water set aside by reason of their unique physical and biological significance, managed to enhance biological diversity and protected against destructive human exploitation. (Expanded National Integrated Protected Areas System Act of 2018, 2018)

Watercourse

Refers to a system of surface waters and groundwaters constituting by virtue of their physical relationship a unitary whole and normally flowing into a common terminus. (UN Convention on Non-navigational Uses of International Watercourses, 1997)

Wetland

Refers to ecosystems that are permanently or seasonally saturated by water, enough to support vegetation that can adapt to saturated soil conditions. (Expanded National Integrated Protected Areas System Act of 2018, 2018)

References

LE-03 Public Open Spaces

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Provide public open spaces at least five percent (5%) of the total land area on top of the land area for parks and playgrounds required by applicable regulations. Public open spaces in the project must be on the natural grade, and accessible to the users and the public. Public open spaces may be:
    • Parks and gardens for social interactions, including cultural activities. Parks and gardens may include:
      • Vegetated open spaces,
      • Landscaped parklands and gardens,
      • Pocket parks,
      • Playgrounds,
      • Botanical gardens, and
      • Places of respite.
    • Linear parks serving as links to larger open spaces within the project;
    • Active open spaces promoting physical activities in an outdoor setting; or
    • Civic spaces for community activities. Civic spaces may include:
      • Plazas,
      • Civic squares, and
      • Outdoor promenades.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the public open spaces once implemented.

If there will be vegetation for public open spaces, it must be at least 80% native plant species. Vegetation may include trees, shrubs and ground covers. Turf grass is not considered as vegetation for public open spaces. Roads for vehicular traffic are excluded in the calculation for public open spaces.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement additional public open spaces at least five percent (5%) of the total land area on top of the land area for parks and playgrounds required by applicable regulations.
  2. Implement the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the public open spaces established during planning.

If there will be vegetation for public open spaces, it must be at least 80% native plant species. Vegetation may include trees, shrubs and ground covers. Turf grass is not considered as vegetation for public open spaces. Roads for vehicular traffic are excluded in the calculation for public open spaces.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided additional fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total land area as public open spaces on top of the land area required by applicable regulations.
2 points Provided additional ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the total land area as public open spaces on top of the land area required by applicable regulations.
1 point Provided additional five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total land area as public open spaces on top of the land area required by applicable regulations.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented additional fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total land area as public open spaces on top of the land area required by applicable regulations.
2 points Implemented additional ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the total land area as public open spaces on top of the land area required by applicable regulations.
1 point Implemented additional five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total land area as public open spaces on top of the land area required by applicable regulations.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for providing a high ratio of public open spaces in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the target percentage of public open spaces for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for public open space promotion.
  2. The plans of the public open spaces that will be provided in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Types of public open spaces that will be provided;
    • Land area that will be provided for each public open space in hectares (ha);
    • Location of the public open spaces; and
    • Access of the users and the public to the public open spaces.
  3. The landscape plan of the public open spaces. The plan must include the following information:
    • Types of native plant species that will be provided in public open spaces; and
    • Location of the native plant species within the public open spaces.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the public open spaces.
  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of public open spaces for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha);
    • Total land area for parks and playgrounds required by regulations that is applicable to the project in ha;
    • Total land area that will be provided as public open spaces in ha; and
    • Total percentage of additional public open spaces for the project.
  6. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategy.
  7. The communication records as proof that the strategy was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

If there will be vegetation for public open spaces, the project should also submit the report on the calculation of the percentage of native plant species provided as vegetation. The report must include the following information:

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans of the public open spaces provided in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Types of public open spaces provided;
    • Land area provided for each public open space in ha;
    • Location of the public open spaces; and
    • Access of the users and the public to the public open spaces.
  2. The as-built landscape plan of the public open spaces. The plan must include the following information:
    • Types of native plant species provided in public open spaces; and
    • Location of the native plant species within the public open spaces.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the public open spaces.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of public open spaces for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha);
    • Total land area for parks and playgrounds required by regulations that is applicable to the project in ha;
    • Total land area provided as public open spaces in ha; and
    • Total percentage of additional public open spaces for the project.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategy. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

If there will be vegetation for public open spaces, the project should also submit the report on the calculation of the percentage of native plant species provided as vegetation. The report must include the following information:

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Public open space

Refer to lands that are set aside for public recreation and leisure, or as parklands or for similar purposes. (PPOGS Guidebook, 2019)

Public open spaces may be:

References

LE-04 Heat Island Reduction

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in reducing the heat island effect in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the immediate microclimate of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to reduce the heat island effect in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the immediate microclimate of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The identified hotspots within the project;
    • The ambient temperature of each hotspot;
    • The natural features providing shade present in the project; and
    • The recommendations to reduce the heat island effect in the project.
  4. Provide heat island reduction strategies in the project, which may either be:
    • Heat island reduction strategies for paved areas, which may include:
      • Use of plants and tree canopies providing shade over the paved areas on the project site;
      • Installation of plant boxes with native plant species as vegetation;
      • Installation of shading structures with high solar reflectance index (SRI);
      • Provision of green roofs to shading structures;
      • Use of paving materials with an initial SRI of more than 0.33 or a 3-year SRI of more than 0.28; and
      • Use of open-grid pavement systems with vegetation.
    • Heat island reduction strategies for roof areas, which may include:
      • Installation of roof structures with high solar reflectance index (SRI). Roof with a pitch:
        • Less than 15º must have:
          • an initial SRI of more than 82; or
          • a 3-year SRI of more than 64.
        • More than 15º must have:
          • an initial SRI of more than 39; or
          • a 3-year SRI of more than 32.
      • Provision of green roofs to roof structures.
  5. Establish policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the heat island reduction strategies once implemented, including the policies and procedures for heat island reduction in buildings.

Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, areas covered by equipment and solar panels, are excluded in the calculation for heat island reduction.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the heat island reduction strategies to the project.
  2. Implement the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the heat island reduction strategies once implemented, including the policies and procedures for heat island reduction in buildings.

Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, areas covered by equipment and solar panels, are excluded in the calculation for heat island reduction.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided heat island reduction strategies to forty percent (40%) or more of the total land area of the project.
2 points Provided heat island reduction strategies to thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total land area of the project.
1 point Provided heat island reduction strategies to twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total land area of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented heat island reduction strategies to forty percent (40%) or more of the total land area of the project.
2 points Implemented heat island reduction strategies to thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total land area of the project.
1 point Implemented heat island reduction strategies to twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total land area of the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for reducing heat island effect in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the target percentage of horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for heat island reduction.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the immediate microclimate of the project, and in planning and implementing strategies to reduce the heat island effect in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the immediate microclimate of the project.** The report must include the following information:
    • Location of the hotspots in the project;
    • Ambient temperature of each hotspot in Degree Celsius (°C);
    • Natural features providing shade present in the project, which may include:
      • Trees canopies and land covers,
      • Natural watercourses, and
      • Vegetated open spaces;
    • Location of the identified natural features in the project;
    • Total land area covered by the identified natural feature in hectares (ha); and
    • Recommendations to reduce the heat island effect in the project.
  4. The plans of the heat island reduction strategies that will be provided in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Identified heat island reduction strategies that will be provided in the project;
    • Location of the identified heat island reduction strategies; and
    • Total land area covered by the heat island reduction strategies in ha.
  5. The specifications of the heat island reduction strategies that will be provided in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Technical details of the identified heat island reduction strategies; and
    • If the project team will be providing heat island reduction strategies to the roof areas, the project team should also submit the specifications reflecting the SRI values of the roofing and shading structures.
  6. The documented policies and procedures for the following:
    • Proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the heat island reduction strategies; and
    • Planning and implementation of heat island reduction strategies for the buildings owned by locators.
  7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the total horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies. The report must include the following information:
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha);
    • Total land area covered by heat island reduction strategies in ha; and
    • Percentage of the total land area covered by heat island reduction strategies.
  8. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  9. The communication records as proof that the strategies were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans of the heat island reduction strategies provided in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Implemented heat island reduction strategies that will be provided in the project;
    • Location of the identified heat island reduction strategies; and
    • Total land area covered by the heat island reduction strategies in ha.
  2. The as-built specifications of the heat island reduction strategies provided in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Technical details of the implemented heat island reduction strategies; and
    • If the project team provided heat island reduction strategies to the roof areas, the project team should also submit the specifications reflecting the SRI values of the roofing and shading structures.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the following:
    • Proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the heat island reduction strategies; and
    • Planning and implementation of heat island reduction strategies for the buildings owned by locators.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the total horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies. The report must include the following information:
    • Total land area of the project in hectares (ha);
    • Total land area covered by heat island reduction strategies in ha; and
    • Percentage of the total land area covered by heat island reduction strategies.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Heat island effect

Refers to the tendency of urban areas to be at a warmer temperature than surrounding rural areas. (ASHRAE Standard 189.1, 2020)

LE-05 Flood Risk Management

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in minimizing the flood risks in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting a flood risk assessment for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to minimize the flood risks in the project.
  3. Conduct a flood risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of flooding in the project;
    • The areas in the project that has high risk of flooding;
    • The sources of flooding near the project; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the flood risks in the project.
  4. Develop a flood risk minimization program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to minimize the flood risks in the project, which may include:
      • Provision of detention and retention ponds;
      • Use of of permeable pavements in pedestrian sidewalks;
      • Installation of rainwater harvesting systems;
      • Provision of green roofs to roof structures; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on flood risk management.
    • The policies and procedures for flood risk management in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the flood risk minimization program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the flood risk minimization program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the flood risk minimization program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the flood risk minimization program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the flood risk minimization program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage the flood risks in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed the flood risk minimization program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the flood risk minimization program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for minimizing the flood risk in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for minimizing the flood risks in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government in effectively managing flood risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting flood risk assessment, and in planning and implementing strategies to minimize flood risks in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A flood risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of flooding in the project;
    • Location of the areas in the project that has high risk of flooding;
    • Sources of flooding near the project, which may include:
      • Rivers,
      • Coastal areas,
      • Canals,
      • Groundwater,
      • Reservoirs and large bodies of water,
      • Pluvial run-off,
      • Sewers, and
      • Effect of developing in catchment areas.
    • Recommendations to minimize the flood risks in the project.
  4. The flood risk minimization program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to minimize the flood risks in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to minimize flood risks for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the flood risk minimization program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to minimize flood risks in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the flood risk minimization program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the flood risk minimization program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the flood risk minimization program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the flood risk minimization program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to minimize flood risks in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the flood risk minimization program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the flood risk minimization program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage the flood risks in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Flood

Refers to a progressive abnormal increase in the elevation of the surface level of stream flow until it reaches a maximum height from which the level slowly drops to what is its normal level. (Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical, and Astronomical Services Administration, n.d.)

References

LE-06 Light Pollution Reduction

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in reducing the light pollution in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the project's sky conditions during daytime and nighttime; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  3. Conduct an initial assessment on the light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime. The assessment must contain:
    • The sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
    • The areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • The lighting zone category of each identified area;
    • The allowable backlight, uplight and glare (BUG) rating of luminaire for each identified lighting zone; and
    • The recommendations to reduce light pollution in the project.
  4. Develop a light pollution reduction program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project, which may include:
      • Use of appropriate outdoor lighting fixtures for street lighting to meet the allowable BUG ratings in accordance with generally accepted standards;
      • Installation of technologies ensuring glare and heat from any activity will not be radiated, seen or felt from any point beyond the boundaries of buildings in the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on light pollution reduction.
    • The policies and procedures for light pollution reduction in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the light pollution reduction program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • communication of the light pollution reduction program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the light pollution reduction program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the light pollution reduction program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the light pollution reduction program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively reduce the light pollution in the project to allowable levels.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed the light pollution program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the light pollution program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for reducing the light pollution in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals established by the project owner for reducing the contribution of the project to light pollution; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for light pollution reduction.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting assessment on the project's sky conditions, and in planning and implementing strategies to reduce light pollution in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the project's sky conditions during daytime and nighttime. The report must include the following information:
    • Identified sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
    • Location of areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • Lighting zone category of each identified area in the project in accordance with generally accepted or industry-recognized standards;
    • Allowable BUG rating of luminaire for each identified lighting zone;
    • Copy of the standard used for identifying the lighting zone category and the BUG rating of luminaire for the identified lighting zone; and
    • Recommendations to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  4. The light pollution reduction program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to reduce light pollution in their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the light pollution reduction program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans of the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • Lighting zone category of each identified area in the project in accordance with generally accepted or industry-recognized standards; and
    • Design of the street lighting system that is appropriate for the lighting zone of the area.
  6. The specifications of the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Type of outdoor lighting fixture that will be used for the street lighting system;
    • BUG rating of the identified outdoor lighting fixture; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified technology to minimize glare caused by buildings in the project.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the light pollution reduction program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  8. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  9. The communication records as proof that the light pollution reduction and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the light pollution reduction program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the light pollution reduction program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans of the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • Lighting zone category of each identified area in the project in accordance with generally accepted or industry-recognized standards; and
    • Implementation of the street lighting system that is appropriate for the lighting zone of the area.
  3. The as-built specifications of the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Type of outdoor lighting fixture used for the street lighting system;
    • BUG rating of the procured outdoor lighting fixture; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented technology to minimize glare caused by buildings in the project.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the light pollution reduction program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the light pollution reduction program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively reduce the light pollution in the project to allowable levels.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Glare

Refers to the condition of vision in which there is discomfort or a reduction in the ability to see details or objects, caused by an unsuitable distribution or range of luminance, or to extreme contrasts. (IEC Standard 60050-845, 1987)

Light trespass

Refers to the encroachment of light, typically across property boundaries, causing annoyance, loss of privacy, or other nuisance. (IES Standard LS-1-21, 2021)

Skyglow

Refers to diffuse, scattered sky light attributable to scattered light from sources on the ground. (International Dark-Sky Association, n.d.)

References

Energy

Energy category focuses on managing, reducing or eliminating the excessive use of energy in the project. The development and implementation of energy efficiency and conservation programs, as well as the utilization of on- or off-site renewable energy, should result in the delivery of more services for the same or reduced energy use.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
EN-01 Energy Efficiency and Conservation All Stages All Occupancies
EN-02 Renewable Energy All Stages All Occupancies

EN-01 Energy Efficiency and Conservation

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Preparing the energy base case of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies for the project.
  3. Establish an energy base case. It should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns for the operations of the project. The energy base case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh) per energy end use. Energy end uses within the project consist of:
      • The buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
      • The site-wide energy-consuming systems, such as street lighting systems and district cooling systems;
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • Energy use intensity of the whole project in kilowatt-hours per hectares (kWh/ha).
  4. Develop an energy efficiency and conservation program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The energy efficiency and conservation strategies for the project, which may include:
      • Provision of energy-efficient street lighting system;
      • Provision of a district cooling system;
      • Use of high-efficiency motors for the pumps used in the project;
      • Provision of mechanisms to reduce ambient air infiltration and heat conduction through walls and ceilings for buildings owned or managed by the project owner; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on energy efficiency and conservation.
    • The policies and procedures for energy efficiency and conservation in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the energy efficiency and conservation program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  6. Determine the projected energy consumption reduction of the project. It should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns for the operations of the project after implementing the energy efficiency and conservation program. The calculation must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use. Energy end uses within the project consist of:
      • The buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
      • The site-wide energy-consuming systems, such as street lighting systems and district cooling systems;
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Energy use intensity of the whole project in kWh/ha;
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the energy efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Present the energy consumption reduction of the project. It should be a simulation or calculation of the energy use patterns for the operations of the project after implementing the energy efficiency and conservation program. The calculation must include the following:
    • Annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use. Energy end uses within the project consist of:
      • The buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
      • The site-wide energy-consuming systems, such as street lighting systems and district cooling systems;
    • Annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Energy use intensity of the whole project in kWh/ha;
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the energy performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Reduced fifty percent (50%) or more projected energy consumption compared to the energy base case.
2 points Reduced thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) projected energy consumption compared to the energy base case.
1 point Reduced fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) projected energy consumption compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Reduced fifty percent (50%) or more actual energy consumption compared to the energy base case.
2 points Reduced thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) actual energy consumption compared to the energy base case.
1 point Reduced fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) actual energy consumption compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the percentage (%) target energy consumption reduction for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards energy efficiency and conservation.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies to reduce the overall energy consumption of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The energy base case report.
  4. The energy efficiency and conservation program for the project. The program must include the following:
    • Identified energy efficiency and conservation strategies for the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to reduce energy consumption for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the energy efficiency and conservation program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the energy efficiency and conservation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of projected energy consumption reduction of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Energy use intensity of the whole project in kWh/ha;
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of energy consumption reduction achieved by the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • Annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Energy use intensity of the whole project in kWh/ha;
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the energy performance of the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Establish an Energy Base Case

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Establish the project's energy base case. To establish the energy base case, the project team must:
    • Identify the energy consumption rates of the site-wide energy-consuming systems in the project;
    • Identify the energy consumption rates of all buildings in the project; and
    • Calculate the base case energy consumption for the project in kWh/ha.
  2. Use an energy base case based on existing comparable projects. To establish the energy base case based on existing comparable projects, the project team must:
    • Identify existing comparable projects based on its use, size and demographic profile;
    • Present the energy consumption of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of energy data; and
    • Calculate the base case energy consumption for the project in kWh/ha.
  3. Use the project's actual energy consumption. If the project is an existing project, the project team must:
    • Present the energy consumption of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of its energy data; and
    • Calculate the base case energy consumption for the project in kWh/ha.
Energy Base Case Report

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Established energy base case for the project. When preparing an energy base case for the project, the energy base case report must include the following information:
    • Schedule of energy consumption rates, which must include:
      • Site-wide energy-consuming systems in the project;
      • Energy consumption rates for each identified site-wide energy-consuming system based on generally accepted standards;
      • Copy of the relevant sections of the generally accepted standards;
      • Buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
      • Energy consumption of the identified buildings and infrastructure for at least twelve (12) months.
    • Computation of the base case energy consumption in kWh/ha.
  2. Energy base case from existing comparable projects. When preparing an energy base case based on existing comparable projects, the energy base case report must include the following information:
    • Technical description of the identified existing comparable project, which must include the following information:
      • Project name;
      • Project location;
      • Project owner's name;
      • Total land area of the project in ha;
      • Description of the project's use; and
      • Demographic profile of the comparable project.
    • Proof of ownership or authorization for the use of the energy consumption data of the comparable project;
    • Energy consumption of the buildings for at least (12) months of energy data; and
    • Computation of the base case energy consumption in kWh/ha.
  3. Use the project's actual energy consumption. When preparing the energy base case of an existing project, the energy base case report must include:
    • Copy of the reference documents for the energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months of its energy data prior to the performance period, which should include:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Energy monitoring reports.
    • Computation of the base case energy consumption in kWh/ha.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Energy

Refers to the power from the utilization of renewable or non-renewable resources to be used for heating, cooling, lighting and ventilation of the building.

Energy audit

Refers to the systematic analysis of energy use and energy consumption within a defined energy audit scope, in order to identify, quantify and report on the opportunities for improved energy performance. (PNS ISO Standard 50002, 2014)

Energy base case

Refers to the base case for energy consumption where the projected energy consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns for the project's operations. The energy base case must include the following:

Energy use intensity

Refers to the measure of the energy use of projects, and it is primarily used to evaluate the reduction of the overall energy consumption of a project. EUI is also used to benchmark the energy consumption of a project to other comparable projects. For districts, EUI is measured in kilowatt-hours per hectare (kWh/ha).

Energy conservation

Refers to the reduction of losses and wastage in various energy stages from energy production to energy consumption through the adoption of appropriate measures that are technologically feasible, economically sound, environmentally-friendly, and socially affordable. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)

Energy-consuming system

Refer to systems that consumes electrical energy. The energy consumption of energy-consuming systems is needed to compute the energy use intensity (EUI) of the project. Examples of energy-consuming systems for districts include street lighting systems, and district cooling systems.

Energy efficiency

Refers to the way of managing and restraining the growth in energy consumption resulting in the delivery of more services for the same energy input or the same services for less energy input. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)

References

EN-02 Renewable Energy

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a target renewable energy utilization for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying the appropriate renewable energy system for the project; and
    • Determining the optimal capacity of renewable energy to supply the projected operational energy demand of the project.
  3. Develop a renewable energy utilization program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to utilize renewable energy for the project, which may include:
      • Installation of on-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner;
      • Purchase of off-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on renewable energy utilization.
    • The policies and procedures for the use of renewable energy in buildings.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the renewable energy utilization program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project team will utilize on-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team must:

  1. Identify the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
  2. Identify the appropriate renewable energy system for the buildings and infrastructure.
  3. Determine the potential percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the renewable system to supply the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project team will utilize off-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team must engage a retail electricity suppliers to supply 100% renewable energy for the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner for at least the validity of the project's certification.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the renewable energy utilization program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously use renewable energy for the project.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project team utilized on-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team must:

  1. Implement the appropriate renewable energy system for the buildings and infrastructure.
  2. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented renewable energy systems. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm whether the performance requirements were achieved for the on-site renewable system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during planning; and
    • Based on a testing methodology from a generally accepted standards for on-site renewable energy systems.
  3. Present the total annual renewable energy that generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
  4. Determine the potential percentage of renewable energy generated by the renewable system to supply the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project team utilized off-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team must confirm the supply of 100% renewable energy from the retail electricity suppliers for the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner for at least the validity of the project's certification.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Used 100% off-site renewable energy for the projected operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
3 points Used ten percent (10%) or more on-site renewable energy to supply the projected operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
2 points Used five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) on-site renewable energy to supply the projected operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
1 point Used three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) on-site renewable energy to supply the projected operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Used 100% off-site renewable energy for the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
3 points Used ten percent (10%) or more on-site renewable energy to supply the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
2 points Used five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) on-site renewable energy to supply the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.
1 point Used three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) on-site renewable energy to supply the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for the use of renewable energy in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the percentage of target renewable energy utilization for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards renewable energy utilization.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in identifying the appropriate renewable energy system for the project to supply the project's remaining operational energy demand;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project;
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The energy base case report.
  4. A feasibility report for renewable energy utilization. The report must include the following information:
    • Optimal capacity of renewable energy to supply the remaining operational energy demand of the project; and
    • Considerations and analysis in determining the type of renewable energy appropriate for the project.
  5. The renewable energy utilization program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to utilize renewable energy in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to use renewable energy for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the renewable energy utilization program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the renewable energy utilization program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project team will utilize on-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team should also submit:

  1. The plans and specifications of the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the on-site renewable energy system within the project;
    • Buildings and infrastructure connected in the on-site renewable energy system; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the on-site renewable energy system.
  2. The report on the calculation of potential percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the renewable energy system. The report must include the following information:
    • Projected energy generation in kilowatts (kW) of the renewable energy system;
    • Potential energy consumption in kWh/ha; and
    • Percentage of projected on-site renewable energy supply from the energy base case.
  3. The service contract from a third-party service provider reflecting the procurement of the on-site renewable energy system. If the on-site renewable energy systems will be leased by the project owner from the service provider, the service contract must reflect the:
    • Specifications of the on-site renewable energy system compliant with the performance requirements established for the project; and
    • Duration of the lease or use of the on-site renewable energy system for at least the validity of the project's certification.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project team will utilize off-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team should also submit:

  1. The approved supply contracts from a registered retail electricity supplier reflecting the supply of 100% renewable energy for the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner for at least the validity of the project's certification; or
  2. The communication records for the purchase of off-site renewable energy. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Approved offer sheets from the registered retail electricity supplier; and
    • Proceedings of the meetings with the retail electricity supplier on the purchase of off-site renewable energy.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the renewable energy utilization program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously use renewable energy for the project.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project team utilized on-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the on-site renewable energy system within the project;
    • Buildings and infrastructure connected in the on-site renewable energy system; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the on-site renewable energy system.
  2. The report on the calculation of percentage of renewable energy generated by the renewable energy system. The report must include the following information:
    • Actual energy generation in kilowatts (kW) of the renewable energy system;
    • Actual energy consumption in kWh/ha; and
    • Percentage of on-site renewable energy supply from the energy base case.
  3. The commissioning report for the on-site renewable energy system.
  4. The service contract from a third-party service provider reflecting the procurement of the on-site renewable energy system. If the on-site renewable energy systems will be leased by the project owner from the service provider, the service contract must reflect the:
    • Specifications of the on-site renewable energy system compliant with the performance requirements established for the project; and
    • Duration of the lease or use of the on-site renewable energy system for at least the validity of the project's certification.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project team utilized off-site renewable energy for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, the project team should also submit the approved supply contracts from registered retail electricity suppliers reflecting the supply of 100% renewable energy for the operational energy demand of the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner for at least the validity of the project's certification.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Biomass resources

Refer to non-fossilized, biodegradable organic material originating from naturally occurring or cultured plants, animals and microorganisms, including agricultural products, by-products and residues that can be used in bioconversion process and other processes, as well as gases and liquids recovered from the decomposition and/or extraction of non-fossilized and biodegradable organic materials. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Geothermal resources

Refer to mineral resources, classified as renewable energy source, in the form of all products of geothermal processes, embracing indigenous steam, hot water and hot brines, heat or associated energy found in geothermal formations, and any by-product derived from them. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Hydropower resources

Refer to water resources found technically feasible for development of hydropower projects which include rivers, lakes, waterfalls, irrigation canals, springs, ponds, and other water bodies. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

On-site renewable energy system

Refers to photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal energy, and wind systems used to generate energy and located on the building project. (ASHRAE Standard 90.1, 2018)

Retail eletricity suppliers

Refers to any person or entity authorized by the ERC to sell, broker, market, or aggregate electricity to the end-users. (Revised Rules for the Issuance of Licenses to Retail Electricity Suppliers (RES), 2011)

Solar energy

Refers to the energy derived from solar radiation that can be converted into useful thermal or electrical energy. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Wind energy

Refers to the energy that can be derived from wind that is converted into useful electrical or mechanical energy. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)

Water

Water category focuses on the effective management and reduction of the overall water demand for the project. The efficient use of potable water and utilization of alternative water sources lessens their environmental impact, and provides the project team with economic benefits through potential savings and decreased demand for water supply.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
WT-01 Water Efficiency and Conservation All Stages All Occupancies
WT-02 Alternative Water Sources All Stages All Occupancies
WT-03 Water Pollution Prevention All Stages All Occupancies

WT-01 Water Efficiency and Conservation

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish the potable water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Preparing the water base case of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project.
  3. Establish a water base case. It should be a simulation or calculation of the projected potable water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in cubic meters (m3) per water end use. Water end uses within the project consist of:
      • The buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
      • The site-wide potable water-consuming systems, such as landscape irrigation and recreational facilities using potable water;
    • Projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • Water use intensity of the whole project in cubic meters per hectares (m3/ha).
  4. Develop a water efficiency and conservation program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project, which may include:
      • Use of plant species that have low irrigation requirements;
      • Installation of rainwater harvesting systems;
      • Reuse of treated graywater in the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on water efficiency and conservation.
    • The policies and procedures for water efficiency and conservation in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the water efficiency and conservation program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  6. Determine the projected water consumption reduction of the project. It should be a simulation or calculation of the projected potable water use patterns for the operations of the project after implementing the water efficiency and conservation program. The calculation must include the following:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use. Water end uses within the project consist of:
      • The buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
      • The site-wide potable water-consuming systems, such as landscape irrigation and recreational facilities using potable water;
    • Projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • Water use intensity of the whole project in m3/ha.
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Present the water consumption reduction of the project. It should be a simulation or calculation of the water use patterns for the operations of the project after implementing the water efficiency and conservation program. The calculation must include the following:
    • Annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use. Water end uses within the project consist of:
      • The buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, and
      • The site-wide potable water-consuming systems, such as landscape irrigation and recreational facilities using potable water;
    • Annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • Water use intensity of the whole project in m3/ha.
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Reduced fifty percent (50%) or more projected potable water consumption compared to the water base case.
2 points Reduced thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) projected potable water consumption compared to the water base case.
1 point Reduced fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) projected potable water consumption compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Reduced fifty percent (50%) or more actual potable water consumption compared to the water base case.
2 points Reduced thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) actual potable water consumption compared to the water base case.
1 point Reduced fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) actual potable water consumption compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for the target potable water consumption reduction of the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the percentage (%) target potable water consumption for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards water efficiency and conservation.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies to reduce the overall potable water consumption of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The water base case report.
  4. The water efficiency and conservation program. THe program must include the following:
    • Identified water efficiency and conservation strategies for the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to reduce potable water consumption for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the water efficiency and conservation program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the water efficiency and conservation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of projected water consumption reduction of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • Projected total operational potable water consumption in m3;
    • Water use intensity of the whole project in m3/ha;
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of water consumption reduction achieved by the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • Annual total potable operational water consumption in m3;
    • water use intensity of the whole project in m3/ha;
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program; and
    • Percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Establish a Water Base Case

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Establish the project's water base case. To establish the water base case, the project team must:
    • Identify the potable water consumption of the site-wide water-consuming systems in the project;
    • Identify the potable water consumption of all buildings in the project; and
    • Calculate the base case potable water consumption for the project in m3/ha.
  2. Use a water base case based on existing comparable projects. To establish the water base case based on existing comparable projects, the project team must:
    • Identify existing comparable projects based on its use, size and demographic profile;
    • Present the potable water consumption of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of water data; and
    • Calculate the base case potable water consumption for the project in m3/ha.
  3. Use the project's actual potable water consumption. If the project is an existing project, the project team must:
    • Present the potable water consumption of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of its water data; and
    • Calculate the base case potable water consumption for the project in m3/ha.
Water Base Case Report

THe project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Established water base case for the project. When preparing a water base case for the project, the water base case report must include the following information:
    • Schedule of potable water consumption rates, which must include:
      • Site-wide water-consuming systems in the project;
      • Potable water consumption rates for each identified water-consuming system based on generally accepted standards;
      • Copy of the relevant sections of the generally accepted standards;
      • Buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
      • Potable water consumption of the buildings for at least twelve (12) months.
    • Computation the base case potable water consumption for the project in m3/ha.
  2. Water base case from existing comparable projects. When preparing a water base case based on existing comparable projects, the water base case report must include the following information:
    • Technical description of the identified existing comparable project, which must include the following information:
      • Project name;
      • Project location;
      • Project owner's name;
      • Total land area of the project in ha;
      • Description of the project's use; and
      • Demographic profile of the comparable project.
    • Proof of ownership or authorization for the use of the potable water consumption data of the comparable project;
    • Potable water consumption of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of water data; and
    • Computation of the base case potable water consumption in m3/ha.
  3. Use the project's actual potable water consumption. When preparing the water base case of an existing project, the water base case report must include:
    • Copy of the reference documents for the potable water consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months of its water data prior to the performance period, which should include:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Water monitoring reports.
    • Computation of the base case potable water consumption in m3/ha.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Potable water

Refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. ( Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water 2007, 2007)

Water base case

Refers to the base case for water consumption where the projected water consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns for the project's operations. The water base case must include the following:

WT-02 Alternative Water Sources

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Identify the target alternative water source and use for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Determining the potential capacity and use of the alternative water sources to supply the potable water demand of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to properly utilize alternative water sources in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the availability and capacity of alternative water sources in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The available alternative water sources in the project, which may include:
      • Harvested rainwater,
      • Harvested stormwater, and
      • Treated graywater.
    • The potential capacity of each identified alternative water source;
    • The recommendations to utilize alternative water sources in the project.
  4. Develop a alternative water utilization program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to utilize alternative water sources in the project, which may include:
      • Installation of rainwater harvesting systems;
      • Use of stormwater collected in retention ponds;
      • Reuse of treated graywater in the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on alternative water utilization.
    • The policies and procedures for the use of alternative water sources in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the alternative water utilization program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the alternative water utilization and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the alternative water utilization program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the alternative water utilization program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the alternative water utilization program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously use alternative water sources available in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed the alternative water utilization program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the alternative water utilization program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for the use of alternative water sources available in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the percentage (%) target alternative water utilization in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards water efficiency and conservation.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in identifying the alternative water sources available in the project and its potential capacity to supply the project's remaining potable water demand;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the alternative water sources in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Available alternative water sources in the project, which may include:
      • Harvested rainwater,
      • Harvested stormwater, and
      • Treated graywater.
    • Potential annual capacity of each alternative water source in cubic meters (m3);
    • Location of existing facilities for:
      • Rainwater harvesting,
      • Stormwater harvesting, and
      • Graywater treatment and reuse.
    • Recommendations to utilize alternative water sources in the project.
  4. The alternative water utilization program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to utilize alternative water sources in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to use alternative water sources for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the alternative water utilization program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to utilize alternative water sources in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the alternative water utilization program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the alternative water utilization program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the alternative water utilization program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the alternative water utilization program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to utilize alternative water sources in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the alternative water utilization program program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the alternative water utilization program program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously use alternative water sources available in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Graywater

Refers to water not intended for potable use. Greywater is treated to ensure appropriate level of effluent quality before its discharge to sewers.

Stormwater

Refers to the water obtained from precipitation and over land flow that enters sewers. (United Nations Statistics Division, n.d.)

WT-03 Water Pollution Prevention

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project in maintaining the drinking water quality and effluent quality in the project to allowable levels.
  2. Engage a qualified professional who is competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the drinking water quality and effluent quality of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to maintain or improve the drinking water quality and effluent quality in the project.
  3. Conduct an initial assessment on the following:
    • Drinking water quality for the potential locators and users in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
    • Effluent quality in the project prior to any development in accordance with generally accepted standards.
  4. Develop a water pollution prevention and control program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The provision of treatment facilities to prevent effluent from contaminating nearby bodies of water;
    • The strategies to prevent and control water pollution in the project, which may include:
      • Use of technologies to maintain the drinking water quality in the project to allowable levels;
      • Use of technologies to maintain the effluent quality in the project to allowable levels; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on water pollution prevention and control.
    • The policies and procedures for water pollution prevention and control in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the water pollution prevention and control program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the water pollution prevention and control program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage the drinking water quality and effluent quality in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed the water pollution prevention and control program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the water pollution prevention and control program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for maintaining the appropriate level of drinking water quality and effluent quality within the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for maintaining the drinking water quality and effluent quality to allowable levels; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for water pollution prevention and control.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the drinking water quality and effluent quality of the project, and in planning and implementing strategies for water pollution prevention and control;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report for the drinking water quality of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Sources of drinking water for the project;
    • Drinking water quality parameters appropriate to the project in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Copy of the standards used to test the drinking water quality of the project;
    • Results of testing and monitoring; and
    • Recommendations to maintain the drinking water quality for the project.
  4. An initial assessment report for the effluent quality of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Sources of effluent discharge within the project;
    • Effluent quality parameters appropriate to the project in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Copy of the standards used to test the effluent quality of the project;
    • Results of testing and monitoring; and
    • Recommendation to maintain the effluent quality in the project.
  5. The water pollution prevention and control program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to prevent and control water pollution in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prevent and control water pollution for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the water pollution prevention and control program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  6. The plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control water pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  8. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  9. The communication records as proof that the water pollution prevention and control program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control water pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the water pollution prevention and control program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage the drinking water quality and effluent quality in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Effluent

Refers to the discharge from known sources which is passed into a body of water or land, or wastewater flowing out of a manufacturing plant, industrial plant including domestic, commercial and recreational facilities. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Sewage

Refers to water-borne human or animal wastes, excluding oil or oil wastes, removed from residences, buildings, institutions, industrial and commercial establishments together with such groundwater, surface water and stormwater as maybe present including such waste from vessels, offshore structures, other receptacles intended to receive or retain wastes, or other places or the combination thereof. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Sewage treatment plant

Refers to an industrial structure designed to remove biological or chemical waste products from water, thereby permitting the treated water to be used for other purposes. (Philippine Green Building Code, 2015)

Wastewater

Refers to waste in liquid state containing pollutants. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

References

Waste

Waste category focuses on the proper management of solid waste to reduce the waste generated in the project and divert waste from landfills. Effective waste management at the source lessens the need for waste infrastructure, lessens financial burden in managing solid waste, and reduces the negative impact of projects to water, air, and land resources.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
WS-01 Waste Management All Stages All Occupancies

WS-01 Waste Management

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target waste diversion for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Preparing the waste base case of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing solid waste diversion strategies for the project.
  3. Establish a waste base case. It should be a simulation or calculation of the projected solid waste generation of the project. The waste base case must include the following:
    • Potential sources of solid waste within the project;
    • Projected types of solid waste that will be generated;
    • Projected amount of solid waste generation in kilograms (kg); and
    • Projected solid waste generation in kilograms per hectares (kg/ha).
  4. Develop a solid waste management program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The solid waste diversion strategies for the project, which may include:
      • Establishment of manufacturer's take-back programs;
      • Provision of a facility for waste segregation, collection and storage;
      • Reuse and recycling of solid waste generated on site;
      • Use of biodegradable waste as compost to community gardens;
      • Recovery of solid waste for waste-to-energy systems;
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on solid waste management.
    • The policies and procedures for solid waste management in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the solid waste management program program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the solid waste management program program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  6. Determine the projected solid waste diversion of the project. It should be a simulation or calculation of the projected solid waste generation patterns of the project after implementing the solid waste management program. The calculation must include the following:
    • Potential sources of solid waste within the project;
    • Projected types of solid waste that will be generated;
    • Projected amount of solid waste generation in kg;
    • Projected solid waste generation in kg/ha;
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion attributed to the implementation of the solid waste management program; and
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion compared to the waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the solid waste management program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Present the solid waste diversion of the project. It should be a simulation or calculation of the solid waste generation patterns of the project after implementing the solid waste management program. The calculation must include the following:
    • Sources of solid waste within the project;
    • Types of solid waste generated;
    • Amount of solid waste generation in kg;
    • Solid waste generation in kg/ha;
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion attributed to the implementation of the solid waste management program; and
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion compared to the waste base case.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the solid waste management program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the solid waste management program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the waste performance of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Diverted forty percent (40%) or more projected solid waste compared to the waste base case.
2 points Diverted thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) projected solid waste compared to the waste base case.
1 point Diverted twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) projected solid waste compared to the waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Diverted forty percent (40%) or more actual solid waste compared to the waste base case.
2 points Diverted thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) actual solid waste compared to the waste base case.
1 point Diverted twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) actual solid waste compared to the waste base case.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The Documented policy for the target solid waste diversion for the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the percentage (%) target solid waste diversion for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards solid waste management.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing solid waste diversion strategies to reduce the overall solid waste generation of the project;
    • Roles and responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The waste base case report.
  4. The solid waste management program. THe program must include the following:
    • Identified solid waste diversion strategies for the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to divert solid waste for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the solid waste management program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the solid waste diversion strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the solid waste management program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the solid waste management program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of projected solid waste diversion of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Potential sources of solid waste within the project;
    • Projected types of solid waste that will be generated;
    • Projected amount of solid waste generation in kg;
    • Projected solid waste generation in kg/ha;
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion attributed to the implementation of the solid waste management program; and
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion compared to the waste base case.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the solid waste management program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • List of operators, suppliers and service providers involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the engaged operator, supplier or service provider;
      • Description of the service and the types of solid waste handled and managed by the engaged operator or service provider;
      • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Service contracts as proof of engagement with the operator, supplier or service provider, which must include the following information:
      • Description of the service and the types of solid waste handled and managed by the engaged operator or service provider; and
      • Period of engagement with the operator, supplier or service provider.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the solid waste management program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the solid waste diversion strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The documentation on the segregation, handling, collection, and storage of the generated solid waste. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of the generated solid waste. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Waste tickets or logs;
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts, and
    • Photographs.
  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of solid waste diversion achieved by the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Sources of solid waste within the project;
    • Types of solid waste generated;
    • Amount of solid waste generation in kg;
    • Solid waste generation in kg/ha;
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion attributed to the implementation of the solid waste management program; and
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion compared to the waste base case.
  6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the solid waste management program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the solid waste management program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the waste performance of the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Establish a Waste Base Case

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Establish the project's waste base case. To establish the waste base case, the project team must:
    • Identify the potential sources of solid waste within the project;
    • Identify the projected types of solid waste that will be generated and the total amount of each type of solid waste in kg; and
    • Calculate the base case solid waste generation for the project in kg/ha.
  2. Use a waste base case based on existing comparable projects. To establish the waste base case based on existing comparable projects, the project team must:
    • Identify existing comparable projects based on its use, size and demographic profile;
    • Present the solid waste generation of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of waste data; and
    • Calculate the base case solid waste generation for the project in kg/ha.
  3. Use the project's actual solid waste generation. If the project is an existing project, the project team must:
    • Present the solid waste generation of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of its waste data; and
    • Calculate the base case solid waste generation for the project in kg/ha.
Waste Base Case Report

The project team must use one of the following options:

  1. Established waste base case for the project. When preparing a waste base case for the project, the waste base case report must include the following information:
    • Schedule of solid waste generation, which must include:
      • Potential sources of solid waste;
      • Projected types of solid waste that will be generated;
      • Projected amount of solid waste generation in kg based on generally accepted standards;
      • Copy of the relevant section of the generally accepted standards;
      • Buildings and infrastructure owner or managed by the project owner; and
      • Solid waste generation of the buildings for at least twelve (12) months.
    • Computation of the base case solid waste generation in kg/ha.
  2. Waste base case from existing comparable projects. When preparing a waste base case based on existing comparable projects, the waste base case report must include the following information:
    • Technical description of the identified existing comparable project, which must include the following information:
      • Project name;
      • Project location;
      • Project owner's name;
      • Total land area of the project in ha;
      • Description of the project's use; and
      • Occupancy profile of the comparable project.
    • Proof of ownership or authorization for the use of the solid waste generation data of the comparable project;
    • Solid waste generation of the project based on at least twelve (12) months of waste data; and
    • Computation of the base case solid waste generation in kg/ha.
  3. Use the project's actual solid waste generation. When preparing the waste base case of an existing project, the water base case report must include:
    • Copy of the reference documents for the solid waste generation of the project for at least twelve (12) months of its waste data prior to the performance period, which should include:
      • Waste tickets, or
      • Waste monitoring reports.
    • Computation of the base case solid waste generation in kg/ha.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Materials recovery facility

Refers to a facility with a solid waste transfer station or sorting station, drop-off center, a composting facility, and a recycling facility. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Recycling

Refers to the treating of used or waste materials through a process of making the suitable for beneficial use and for other purposes, and includes any process by which solid waste materials are transformed into new products in such a manner that the original products may lose their identity, and which may be used as raw materials for the production of other goods or services. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Solid waste

Refers to all discarded household, commercial waste, nonhazardous institutional and industrial waste, street sweepings, construction debris, agricultural waste, and other nonhazardous/nontoxic solid waste. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste

Refers to any material either solid, liquid, semisolid, contained gas or other forms resulting industrial, commercial, mining or agricultural operations, or from community and household activities that is devoid of usage and discarded. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)

Waste collection

Refers to the act of removing solid waste from the source or from a communal storage point. (“Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000,” 2001)

Waste disposal

refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste diversion

Refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (“Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000,” 2001)

Waste management

Refers to the systematic administration of activities which provide for segregation at source, segregated transportation, storage, transfer, processing, treatment, and disposal of solid waste and all other waste management activities which do not harm the environment. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)

Waste segregation

Refers to the practice of separating solid waste for reducing solid waste disposal, reusing materials for other purposes and recycling into a new material or product.

Materials

Materials category focuses on the procurement and use of materials that have less environmental impact. The use of green materials cuts across various positive benefits including improving indoor environment quality, reducing burden to natural resources, and reducing waste generation. Materials also encourages procurement from local manufacturers within the proximity of the project site, and from local artisans and community groups.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
MT-01 Green Procurement All Stages All Occupancies
MT-02 Local Procurement All Stages All Occupancies
MT-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement All Stages All Occupancies

MT-01 Green Procurement

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use of certified green materials with less environmental impact for the buildings and infrastructure in the project through a green procurement program.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
  2. Develop a program for the procurement of use of green materials in the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for procuring green materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner. The sustainability qualifications of green materials must be any of the following:
      • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
      • Materials with low volatile organic compound (VOC) content; or
      • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
        • The National Ecolabelling Program — Green Choice Philippines, or
        • An equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN);
        • If wood, certified wood, which should be certified under:
          • The Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
          • The Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
    • The information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on green procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for the procurement and use of green materials in buildings.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the green procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Present the percentage of green materials procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner that meet the established sustainability requirements in the program. The calculation must be based on the estimated cost of materials allocated for the buildings and infrastructure.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the green procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  2. Present the percentage of green materials procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner that meet the established sustainability requirements in the program. The calculation must be based on the actual cost of materials allocated for the buildings and infrastructure.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the green procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the green procurement program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize the procurement and use of green materials in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured fifty percent (50%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, meet the sustainability requirements.
2 points Procured forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, meet the sustainability requirements.
1 point Procured thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, meet the sustainability requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured fifty percent (50%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, meet the sustainability requirements.
2 points Procured forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, meet the sustainability requirements.
1 point Procured thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, meet the sustainability requirements.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for green procurement. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for prioritizing the procurement and use of green materials for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards green procurement.
  2. The green procurement program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified sustainability requirements for the materials that will be procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Sustainability requirement of each material type; and
      • Copy of the reference standard used for determining the sustainability requirement of each material type.
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the green procurement program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  3. The action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification; and
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program.
  4. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  5. The communication records as proof that the green procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  6. The material specifications for green materials. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement of each material type; and
    • Copy of the reference standard used for determining the sustainability requirement of each material type.
  7. The list of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Sustainability qualification of each specified material.
  8. The bill of materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity specified for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements;
    • Total estimated cost of materials allocated for buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
    • Percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the green procurement program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the green procurement program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The material specifications for green materials. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement of each material type; and
    • Copy of the reference standard used for determining the sustainability requirement of each material type.
  3. The list of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Sustainability qualification of each procured material.
  4. The bill of materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
  5. Procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. Report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements;
    • Total actual cost of materials allocated for buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
    • Percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
  7. Report on the evaluation of the implementation of the green procurement program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the green procurement program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize the procurement and use of green materials in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Green materials

Refer to materials are environmentally responsible, and considers the lifecycle of products. Green materials also meet sustainability requirements, such as materials with post-consumer recycled content; materials with low VOC content, certified wood, or eco-labeled products.

Green procurement

Refers to the procurement of materials that promotes the protection of environment and sustainable development, provide social benefit to the community, and support economic development within the area.

References

MT-02 Local Procurement

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use of products within proximity to the project for the buildings and infrastructure in the project through a local procurement program.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
  2. Develop a local procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for procuring locally manufactured materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner. Locally manufactured materials must be:
      • Manufactured within 160 km from the project; and
      • Materials that are permanently installed in buildings and infrastructure.
    • The information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on local procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials in buildings.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the local procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner that meet the established procurement requirements in the program. The calculation must be based on the estimated cost of materials allocated for the buildings and infrastructure.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the local procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  2. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner that meet the established procurement requirements in the program. The calculation must be based on the actual cost of materials allocated for the buildings and infrastructure.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the local procurement program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, are locally manufactured within 100-km distance from the project.
2 points Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, are locally manufactured within 130-km distance from the project.
1 point Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, are locally manufactured within 160-km distance from the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, are locally manufactured within 100-km distance from the project.
2 points Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, are locally manufactured within 130-km distance from the project.
1 point Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, are locally manufactured within 160-km distance from the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for local procurement. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target of the project owner for prioritizing the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project;
    • Reflect the target proximity for the procurement of locally manufactured materials; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards local procurement.
  2. The local procurement program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified procurement requirements for the materials that will be procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Proximity requirement for each material type;
      • Name of the manufacturers that manufacture each material type;
      • Address of the manufacturing plant where each material type is manufactured; and
      • Distance of the manufacturing plant of each material type from the project.
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the local procurement program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  3. The action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification; and
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program.
  4. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  5. The communication records as proof that the local procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  6. The material specifications for locally manufactured materials. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Proximity requirement for each material type;
    • Manufacturer that manufacture the identified materials;
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the material is manufactured; and
    • Distance of the manufacturing plant from the project.
  7. The list of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer's name;
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the material is manufactured;
    • Contact information; and
    • Distance of the manufacturing plant from the project.
  8. The bill of materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity specified for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements;
    • Total estimated cost of materials for buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
    • Percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the local procurement program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the local procurement program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The material specifications. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Proximity requirement for each material type;
    • Manufacturer that manufacture the identified materials;
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the material is manufactured; and
    • Distance of the manufacturing plant from the project.
  3. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer's name;
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the material is manufactured;
    • Contact information; and
    • Distance of the manufacturing plant from the project.
  4. The bill of materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements;
    • Total actual cost of materials for buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
    • Percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the local procurement program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the local procurement program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Locally manufactured materials

Refer to products, technologies or equipment manufactured within close proximity to a project, and are procured and used by the project owner for the project.

References

MT-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use of sustainable products from community-based enterprises for the buildings and infrastructure in the project through a community-based enterprise procurement program.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of sustainable materials from community-based enterprises for the project.
  2. Develop a community-based enterprise procurement program. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for procuring sustainable materials from community-based enterprises for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner. Sustainable materials from community-based enterprises must be:
      • Crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
      • Made using locally sourced, sustainable or up-cycled materials.
    • The information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on community-based enterprise procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for the procurement and use of sustainable materials from community-based enterprises for buildings.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Present the percentage of sustainable materials procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner that meet the established procurement requirements in the program. The calculation must be based on the estimated cost of materials allocated for the buildings and infrastructure.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  2. Present the percentage of sustainable materials procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner that meet the established procurement requirements in the program. The calculation must be based on the actual cost of materials allocated for the buildings and infrastructure.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from community-based enterprises in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, are sustainable materials from community-based enterprises.
2 points Procured five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, are sustainable materials from community-based enterprises.
1 point Procured three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5)% of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on estimated cost, are sustainable materials from community-based enterprises.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured ten percent (10%) or more of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, are sustainable materials from community-based enterprises.
2 points Procured five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, are sustainable materials from community-based enterprises.
1 point Procured three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5)% of the materials for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, based on actual cost, are sustainable materials from community-based enterprises.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for community-based enterprise procurement. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for prioritizing the procurement and use of sustainable materials from community-based enterprises for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards community-based enterprise procurement.
  2. The community-based enterprise procurement program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified procurement requirements for the materials that will be procured for the buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
      • Name of the community-based enterprise that crafted each material type;
      • Type of business of the community-based enterprise, which may be:
        • Social enterprise,
        • Local artisan,
        • Community group, or
        • Indigenous community.
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from community-based enterprises for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the community-based enterprise procurement program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  3. The action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification; and
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program.
  4. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  5. The communication records as proof that the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  6. The material specifications for sustainable materials from community-based enterprises. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
    • Name of the community-based enterprise that crafted each material type;
    • Type of business of the community-based enterprise, which may be:
      • Social enterprise,
      • Local artisan,
      • Community group, or
      • Indigenous community.
  7. The list of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Business or organization's name;
    • Type of business, which may be:
      • Social enterprise,
      • Local artisan,
      • Community group, or
      • Indigenous community;
    • Contact information.
  8. The bill of materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements;
    • Total estimated cost of materials for buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
    • Percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The material specifications. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
    • Name of the community-based enterprise that crafted each material type;
    • Type of business of the community-based enterprise, which may be:
      • Social enterprise,
      • Local artisan,
      • Community group, or
      • Indigenous community.
  3. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Business or organization's name;
    • Type of business, which may be:
      • Social enterprise,
      • Local artisan,
      • Community group, or
      • Indigenous community;
    • Contact information.
  4. The bill of materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements;
    • Total actual cost of materials for buildings and infrastructure owned or managed by the project owner; and
    • Percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from community-based enterprises in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Community-based enterprises

Refer to businesses that provide social benefits to a community. These are businesses formed by communities to engage in business activities to improve their social welfare. Products made by these enterprises are made by sustainable and upcycled materials.

Social enterprises

Refers to a non-stock, non-profit, or a stock, close corporation duly registered with SEC, with the primary purpose of accomplishing a charitable mission for the benefit of marginalized social sector by simultaneously implementing a poverty reduction strategy, as well as engaging in transactional and transformative business activities.

References

Transportation

Transportation category encourages the adoption of sustainable transportation strategies to reduce the traffic congestion within the project and its vicinity, and to lessen the negative environmental impacts attributed to vehicle travel. Transportation also improves the mobility and reduce the use of vehicles within the project by providing amenities to users and increasing the diversity of establishments for daily necessities.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
TR-01 Pedestrian Mobility All Stages All Occupancies
TR-02 Cyclist Facilities All Stages All Occupancies
TR-03 Mass Transportation Access All Stages All Occupancies
TR-04 Other Alternative Transportation All Stages All Occupancies

TR-01 Pedestrian Mobility

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in incorporating pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the pedestrian mobility in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
  3. Conduct an initial assessment on the pedestrian mobility of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The location of pedestrian sidewalks, crossings, underpasses and overpasses in the project;
    • The accessibility features incorporated in the pedestrian circulation;
    • The pedestrian furnitures present in the project;
    • The frequency of people using the pedestrian sidewalks, crossings, underpasses and overpasses; and
    • The recommendations to promote pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. Develop a program for incorporating pedestrian mobility in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project, which may include:
      • Provision of passable, unobstructed and accessible pedestrian sidewalks;
      • Provision of crossings, underpasses and overpasses in road network;
      • Installation of street lighting system along pedestrian sidewalks providing good visibility and adequate lighting during nighttime;
      • Provision of pedestrian furnitures in pedestrian sidewalks;
      • Installation of wayfindings providing directions, distance in meters (m) and estimated walking time to nearby key establishments, community facilities and public open spaces;
      • Installation of local streetscapes made by Filipino artists highlighting the local identity of the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on pedestrian mobility.
    • The policies and procedures for incorporating pedestrian mobility in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for incorporating pedestrian mobility. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program for incorporating pedestrian mobility and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program for incorporating pedestrian mobility. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for incorporating pedestrian mobility. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program for incorporating pedestrian mobility;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Incorporated three (3) or more strategies on pedestrian mobility in the project.
2 points Incorporated two (2) strategies on pedestrian mobility in the project.
1 point Incorporated one (1) strategy on pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented three (3) or more strategies on pedestrian mobility in the project.
2 points Implemented two (2) strategies on pedestrian mobility in the project.
1 point Implemented one (1) strategy on pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards promoting and improving pedestrian mobility.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the pedestrian mobility in the project, and in planning and implementing strategies to promote the pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the pedestrian mobility of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Number and location of the following:
      • Pedestrian sidewalks,
      • Crossings,
      • Underpasses, and
      • Overpasses;
    • Accessibility features for person with disabilities (PWDs) and the elderly incorporated in the pedestrian circulation;
    • Number and location of existing pedestrian furnitures present in the project, which may include:
      • Waiting sheds,
      • Bicycle parking spaces,
      • Public benches,
      • Drinking fountains, and
      • Signages for wayfindings;
    • Location of key establishments present in the project;
    • Frequency of people using the existing pedestrian sidewalks, crossings, underpasses and overpasses;
    • Photographs of the pedestrian furnitures, accessibility features and key establishments in the project; and
    • Recommendations to promote and improve the pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. The program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to promote pedestrian mobility for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program; and
  8. The communication records as proof that the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to promote pedestrian mobility in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of pedestrian mobility;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote and improve pedestrian mobility in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Pedestrian mobility

Refers to the how walkable the pedestrian environment in the project is for all types of pedestrians. A good pedestrian mobility means that the pedestrian environment within the project is passable, accessible, safe, convenient, comfortable and enjoyable for all pedestrians. (World Bank Group, 2019)

Walkway

Refers to a passage or lane designated for pedestrian traffic. (Harris, 2006)

References

TR-02 Cyclist Facilities

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in encouraging cycling in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the bikeability of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to encourage cycling in the project.
  3. Conduct an initial assessment on the bikeability of the whole district. The assessment must contain:
    • The location of bicycle lanes and bicycle parking spaces in the project;
    • The cyclist facilities present in the project;
    • The frequency of cyclists using the bicycle lanes and bicycle parking spaces; and
    • The recommendations to encourage cycling in the project.
  4. Develop a program for the promotion of cycling in the project. The program must contain:
    • The provision of dedicated and protected bicycle lanes in road network, which must:
      • Be passable and unobstructed from any obstacles, whether installed permanently or temporarily;
      • Have a usable width of at least 1.5 meters (m) from the sidewalk, excluding gutters;
      • Have clear and visible road markings;
      • Be for the dedicated use of cyclists;
      • Be easily accessible by the users and the public; and
      • Be designed with good visibility and adequate lighting during nighttime.
    • The strategies to encourage cycling in the project, which may include:
      • Installation of accessible and secured bicycle parking spaces near key establishments and public open spaces;
      • Provision of shower and changing facilities near bicycle parking spaces for the cyclists' use;
      • Installation of bicycle repair stations throughout the project in case of emergency repairs;
      • Installation of wayfindings providing directions, distance in meters (m) and estimated walking time to nearby key establishments, community facilities and public open spaces;
      • Establishment of bicycle sharing programs with routes going around the project for the benefit of the users and the public;
      • Establishment of a bicycle cooperative for the benefit of the cyclists that organize cycling activities in the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on cycling.
    • The policies and procedures for encouraging cycling in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program for the promotion of cycling and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program for the promotion of cycling. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously encourage and promote cycling in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided ninety percent (90%) or more dedicated and protected bicycle lanes along road network to encourage cycling in the project.
2 points Provided eighty percent (80%) to less than ninety percent (<90%) dedicated and protected bicycle lanes along road network to encourage cycling in the project.
1 point Provided seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) dedicated and protected bicycle lanes along road network to encourage cycling in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented ninety percent (90%) or more dedicated and protected bicycle lanes along road network to encourage cycling in the project.
2 points Implemented eighty percent (80%) to less than ninety percent (<90%) dedicated and protected bicycle lanes along road network to encourage cycling in the project.
1 point Implemented seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) dedicated and protected bicycle lanes along road network to encourage cycling in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for encouraging cycling in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for encouraging cycling in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards active transportation.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the bikeability in the project, and in planning and implementing strategies to encourage cycling in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the bikeability in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Number and location of existing bicycle lanes and bicycle parking spaces;
    • Number and location of cycling facilities present in the project, which may include:
      • Bicycle repair stations, and
      • Shower and changing facilities;
    • Frequency of cyclist using the existing cycling facilities;
    • Photographs of the existing cycling facilities; and
    • Recommendations to encourage cycling in the project.
  4. The program for the promotion of cycling. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to encourage cycling in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to promote cycling for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the program for the promotion of cycling for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the dedicated and protected bicycle lanes provided in the road network of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the bicycle lanes in the project;
    • Total length of the bicycle lanes provided in meters (m);
    • Usable width of the bicycle lane, which must be at least 1.5 m from the sidewalk, excluding gutters;
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the following:
      • Barriers provided to protect the bicycle lanes from private vehicles;
      • Road markings for bicycle lanes; and
      • Lighting system to ensure good visibility during nighttime;
    • Access of the users and public to the bicycle lanes.
  6. The plans and specifications of the strategies to encourage cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  8. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program; and
  9. The communication records as proof that the program for the promotion of cycling and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  10. The report on the calculation of the percentage of dedicated and protected bicycle lanes provided in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total length of the bicycle lanes provided along road network in meters (m);
    • Total length of road network in the project in m; and
    • Percentage of dedicated and protected bicycle lanes provided along the road network of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the dedicated and protected bicycle lanes provided in the road network of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the bicycle lanes in the project;
    • Length of the bicycle lanes provided in meters (m);
    • Usable width of the bicycle lane, which must be at least 1.5 m from the sidewalk, excluding gutters;
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the following:
      • Barriers provided to protect the bicycle lanes from private vehicles;
      • Road markings for bicycle lanes; and
      • Lighting system to ensure good visibility during nighttime;
    • Access of the users and public to the bicycle lanes.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to encourage cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of dedicated and protected bicycle lanes provided in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total length of the bicycle lanes provided along road network in meters (m);
    • Total length of road network in the project in m; and
    • Percentage of dedicated and protected bicycle lanes provided along the road network of the project.
  6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of cycling;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously encourage and promote cycling in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Bicycle cooperative

Refer to non-profit organization whose objective is to promote cycling and to make communities into places where cycling is easier, more inclusive, safer, and more fun. Bicycle cooperatives develop and implement programs to make cycling accessible for all users, which may include:

Bicycle sharing

Refers to a service within the community where bicycles are avaiable for shared use by users and the public for a short term free-of-charge or at low cost.

References

TR-03 Mass Transportation Access

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in promoting the use of mass transportation and improving the traffic flow in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the transportation patterns of users and the traffic flow in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to promote the use of mass transportation in the project.
  3. Conduct an initial assessment on the transportation patterns of users and the traffic flow in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The mass transportation modes available in the project, which should include:
      • Commuter or light rails,
      • Public, campus or private buses,
      • Public utility vehicles (PUVs), such as:
        • Asian utility vehicles (AUVs), and
        • Public utility jeepneys (PUJs).
    • The mass transportation amenities present in the project;
    • The available routes and trip frequency for each mass transportation mode;
    • The transportation patterns of users for each mass transportation mode;
    • The traffic density during peak and off-peak hours; and
    • The recommendations to promote the use of mass transportation and to improve traffic flow.
  4. Develop a program for the promotion of mass transportation use in the project. The program must contain:
    • The establishment of mass transportation routes going to and around the project;
    • The strategies to promote the use of mass transportation in the project, which may include:
      • Provision of public access to an existing or currently planned and funded rail station;
      • Provision of terminals and stops for:
        • Public, campus or private bus routes; and
        • AUV and PUJ routes.
      • Installation of covered sidewalks going to stations, terminals and stops;
      • Provision of waiting sheds for terminals and stops;
      • Installation of wayfindings providing directions, distance in meters (m) and estimated walking time to nearby stations, terminals and stops;
      • Provision of additional routes for mass transportation during peak hours; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on the use of mass transportation.
    • The policies and procedures for the use of mass transportation for buildings, including the dissemination of available routes and trip frequency for each mass transportation mode to building locators and potential users.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote the use of mass transportation in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Established six (6) or more mass transportation routes going to and around the project.
2 points Established four (4) to less than six (<6) mass transportation routes going to and around the project.
1 point Established two (2) to less than four (<4) mass transportation routes going to and around the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented six (6) or more mass transportation routes going to and around the project.
2 points Implemented four (4) to less than six (<6) mass transportation routes going to and around the project.
1 point Implemented two (2) to less than four (<4) mass transportation routes going to and around the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for promoting the use of mass transportation in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for promoting the use of mass transportation in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards sustainable transportation.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the transportation patterns of users and the traffic flow in the project, and in planning and implementing strategies to promote the use of mass transportation in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professionals.
  3. An initial assessment report on the transportation patterns of users and the traffic flow in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Mass transportation modes available in the project;
    • Number and location of mass transportation amenities in the project, which may include:
      • Terminals or stops,
      • Covered walkways going to existing stations, terminals or stops, and
      • Waiting sheds for terminals or stops;
    • List of available routes and trip frequency for each available mass transportation mode;
    • Transportation patterns of users for each mass transportation mode during peak hours and off-peak hours;
    • Traffic density during peak and off-peak hours;
    • Photographs of existing stations, terminals or stops for mass transportation; and
    • Recommendations to promote the use of mass transportation in the project.
  4. The program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The program must include the following:
    • Identified strategies to promote the use of mass transportation in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to promote the use of mass transportation for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the program for the promotion of mass transportation use for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The list of transportation routes for each mass transportation going to and around the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Type of mass transportation available;
    • Transportation route and trip frequency of each mass transportation;
    • Number and location of the terminal and stops; and
    • Access of the users and the public each mass transportation.
  6. The plans and specifications of the strategies to promote the use of mass transportation in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  8. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program; and
  9. The communication records as proof that the program for the promotion of mass transportation use and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • List of mass transportation operators engaged for the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the engaged operator,
      • Name of the representative, its designation and contact information, and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Service contracts as proof of engagement with mass transportation operators, which must include the following information:
      • Description of the service and the type of mass transportation mode managed by the engaged operator;
      • Routes where the mass transportation mode is allowed to operate; and
      • Period of engagement with the operator.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The list of transportation routes for each mass transportation going to and around the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Type of mass transportation available;
    • Transportation route and trip frequency of each mass transportation;
    • Number and location of the terminal and stops; and
    • Access of the users and the public each mass transportation.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to promote the use of mass transportation in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of mass transportation use;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote the use of mass transportation in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Public utility jeepney

Refers to public utility vehicles that are used as feeder services operating in arterial, collector, and local roads, linking neighborhoods and communities to mass transit lines and bus routes, and traversing commercial, industrial, recreational, or residential area. (Omnibus Franchising Guidelines, 2017)

Public utility vehicle

Refers to vehicles that carry passengers and/or cargo for a fee, offering services to the public, which may include, but are not limited to, UV express service, PUBs, and PUJs. (Omnibus Franchising Guidelines, 2017) (PHILGBC, 2018)

References

TR-04 Other Alternative Transportation

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in promoting alternative transportation in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying the alternative transportation widely available in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to promote alternative transportation in the project.
  3. Develop a program for the promotion of alternative transportation in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to promote alternative transportation in the project, which may include:
      • Designation of preferred parking spaces in parking lots for:
        • Hybrid electric vehicles (e-vehicles), and
        • Compressed natural gas (CNG) fueled vehicles;
      • Provision of dedicated e-vehicle parking slots, including supporting electrical provisions and power supply in accordance with applicable regulations;
      • Promotion of carpooling services for the users of the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns for promoting alternative transportation.
    • The policies and procedures for promoting alternative transportation in buildings.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote alternative transportation in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed the program for the promotion of alternative transportation and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the program for the promotion of alternative transportation aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for promoting alternative transportation in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for promoting alternative transportation in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards sustainable transportation.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies to promote alternative transportation in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The program must include the following:
    • Identified strategies to promote alternative transportation in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to promote alternative transportation for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the program for the promotion of alternative transportation for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies to promote alternative transportation in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  6. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program; and
  7. The communication records as proof that the program for the promotion of alternative transportation and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to promote alternative transportation in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program for the promotion of alternative transportation;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote alternative transportation in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Alternative fuel vehicles

Refer to motor vehicles that runs on alternative fuel rather than traditional fuel, such as gasoline or diesel.

Carpooling

Refers to an arrangement in which a group of people commute together by car.

Preferred parking space

Refers to parking spaces that are clearly designated and easily accessible for alternative fuel vehicles, fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles, electric vehicles, or clearly designated as an additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and the elderly.

Health and Well-being

Health and Well-being category focuses on providing a healthy environment where users can live, work and play. Health and well-being also improves the livability in the project, and contributes to reducing the pollution in air and water, as well as reducing ambient noise.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
HW-01 Urban Agriculture All Stages All Occupancies
HW-02 Ambient Air Quality All Stages All Occupancies
HW-03 Noise Pollution Reduction All Stages All Occupancies
HW-04 Active Design All Stages All Occupancies

HW-01 Urban Agriculture

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Identify spaces in the project that are suitable for on-site food production.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying spaces in the project suitable for urban agriculture:; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies for local food production in the project.
  3. Provide vertical or horizontal spaces for urban agriculture that represent at least five percent (5%) of the total land area of the project. Spaces for urban agriculture must:
    • Be accessible to the users and the public;
    • Be planted with least eighty percent (80%) food crops native to the Philippines;
    • Have an adequate storage for gardening equipment; and
    • Have an adjacent plant nursery for propagating native food crops for cultivation.
  4. Establish policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the spaces for urban agriculture once implemented, including the policies and procedures for urban agriculture in buildings.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement spaces for urban agriculture for at least five percent (5%) of the total land area of the project.
  2. Implement the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the spaces for urban agriculture, including the policies and procedures for urban agriculture in buildings.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided ten percent (10%) or more of the total land area as spaces for urban agriculture.
2 points Provided seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total land area for urban agriculture.
1 point Provided five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total land area for urban agriculture.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented ten percent (10%) or more of the total land area as spaces for urban agriculture.
2 points Implemented seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total land area for urban agriculture.
1 point Implemented five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total land area for urban agriculture.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for promoting urban agriculture in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the target percentage of spaces for urban agriculture for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government towards urban agriculture.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in in propagating, cultivating and harvesting food crops planted in space for urban agriculture;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The plans of the spaces that will be provided for urban agriculture. The plan must include the following information:
    • Design of horizontal or vertical spaces for urban agriculture;
    • Total land area provided for urban agriculture in hectares (ha);
    • Location of the spaces for urban agriculture;
    • Location of the plant nursery and storage for gardening equipment; and
    • Access of the users and the public to the spaces for urban agriculture.
  4. The landscape plan of the spaces for urban agriculture. The plan must include the following information:
    • List of native food crops that will be planted in the spaces, such as fruits, vegetables, root crops or herbs native to the Philippines; and
    • Schedule for crop rotation to enable year-round harvest.
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the spaces for urban agriculture.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of spaces for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
    • Total land area in hectares (ha);
    • Total land area provided for urban agriculture in ha; and
    • Percentage of the total land area provided for urban agriculture.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategy.
  8. The communication records as proof that the strategy was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans of the spaces that will be provided for urban agriculture. The plan must include the following information:
    • Total land area provided for urban agriculture in square meters (ha);
    • Location of the spaces for urban agriculture;
    • Location of the plant nursery and storage for gardening equipment; and
    • Access of the users and the public to the spaces for urban agriculture.
  2. The as-built landscape plan of the spaces for urban agriculture. The plan must include the following information:
    • List of native food crops planted in the spaces, such as fruits, vegetables, root crops or herbs native to the Philippines; and
    • Schedule for crop rotation to enable year-round harvest.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of the spaces for urban agriculture.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of spaces for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
    • Total land area in hectares (ha);
    • Total land area provided for urban agriculture in ha; and
    • Percentage of the total land area provided for urban agriculture.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategy. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Community garden

Refers to the land cultivated by a group of individuals and planted with various high value crops. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, s. 2020, 2020)

Food crops

Refer to subsistence crops that are meant for human consumption. These include fruits, vegetables, grains and tubers, such as potatoes.

Greenhouse farming

Refers to the use of technology for crops in framed or inflated structures covered with translucnet or transparent materials that are large enough to grow crops under partial or fully controlled environmental conditions to get optimum growth and productivity. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, s. 2020, 2020)

Vertical farming

Refers to a means of urban food production that grows crops vertically, either stakked in layers, shelves, or modified pallets against walls. It is usually combined with techniques like hydroponics in a climate-controlled environment. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, s. 2020, 2020)

Urban agriculture

Refers to food production that occurs in urban areas. Such production takes place in backyards, on rooftops, in community vegetable and fruit gardens or on unused or public spaces. It includes commercial operations that products food in greenhouses and on open spaces. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, s. 2020, 2020)

References

HW-02 Ambient Air Quality

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in maintaining the appropriate level of ambient air quality in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the ambient air quality in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to prevent and control air pollution.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the ambient air quality in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The sources of air pollution in the project;
    • The types of air pollutants present in the project;
    • The ambient air quality in the project; and
    • The recommendations to maintain or improve the ambient air quality of the project.
  4. Develop an air pollution prevention and control program. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to meet the appropriate level of ambient air quality in the project in accordance with generally accepted standards, which may include:
      • Installation of an air quality monitoring system for the project;
      • Establishment of policies and procedures for:
        • Regularly maintaining site-wide systems and utilities to minimize air pollution; and
        • Minimizing air pollution during demolition and construction activities;
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on air pollution prevention and control.
    • The policies and procedures for air pollution prevention and control and indoor air quality in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the air pollution prevention and control program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the air pollution prevention and control program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage and maintain the ambient air quality in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed the air pollution prevention and control program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the air pollution prevention and control program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for maintaining the appropriate level of ambient air quality within the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for maintaining the ambient air quality to allowable levels; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for air pollution prevention and control.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the ambient air quality of the project, and in planning and implementing strategies for air pollution prevention and control;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report for the ambient air quality of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Sources of air pollution in the project, which should include:
      • Stationary sources, and
      • Mobile sources;
    • Types of air pollutants present in the project, which should include:
      • Total suspended particulates (TSPs),
      • Sulfur dioxide (SO2),
      • Nitrogen dioxide (NO2),
      • Carbon monoxide (CO),
      • Lead (Pb), and
      • Ozone (O3);
    • Results of ambient air quality testing and monitoring; and
    • Recommendations to maintain or improve the ambient air quality.
  4. The air pollution prevention and control program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to prevent and control air pollution in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prevent and control air pollution for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the air pollution prevention and control program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control air pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the air pollution prevention and control program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control air pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the air pollution prevention and control program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage and maintain the ambient air quality in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Air pollution

Refers to any alteration of the physical, chemical and biological properties of the atmospheric air, or any discharge thereto of any liquid, gaseous or solid substances that will or is likely to create or to render the air resources of the country harmful, detrimental, or injurious to public health, safety or welfare or which will adversely affect their utilization for domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, or other legitimate purposes. (Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, 1999)

Ambient air

Refers to the air surrounding a building, the source of outdoor air brought into a building, etc. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2016)

References

HW-03 Noise Pollution Reduction

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in maintaining the appropriate noise levels in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the noise levels in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to reduce noise pollution.
  3. Conduct an initial assessment on the noise levels in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The sources of noise pollution in the project;
    • The areas in the project that are affected by excessive noise levels;
    • The noise levels measured in the affected areas;
    • The allowable noise levels for the affected areas in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • The size of the population affected by noise pollution; and
    • The recommendations to reduce the noise pollution in the affected areas.
  4. Develop a program to reduce noise pollution in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to meet the appropriate noise level in the project in accordance with generally accepted standards, which may include:
      • Provision of noise barriers to areas with excessive noise levels;
      • Designation of zones prohibiting blowing of horns, especially near hospitals, places of worship and educational institutions;
      • Establishment of policies and procedures for reducing noise during demolition and construction activities; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on noise pollution reduction.
    • The policies and procedures for noise pollution reduction in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the noise pollution reduction program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the noise pollution reduction program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage and maintain the allowable noise levels in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Reduced noise pollution in the project ensuring five percent (5%) or less of the projected population are affected.
2 points Reduced noise pollution in the project ensuring five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the projected population are affected.
1 point Reduced noise pollution in the project ensuring ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the projected population are affected.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Reduced noise pollution in the project ensuring five percent (5%) or less of the actual population are affected.
2 points Reduced noise pollution in the project ensuring five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the actual population are affected.
1 point Reduced noise pollution in the project ensuring ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the actual population are affected.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for maintaining the appropriate noise levels within the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for reducing noise pollution and maintaining allowable noise levels; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for noise pollution reduction.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional.The documentation must the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the noise levels in the project, and in planning and implementing strategies to reduce noise pollution;
    • Responsibilities of the professional for the project in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the noise levels in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Sources of noise pollution in the project;
    • Location of the areas affected by excessive noise levels;
    • Allowable noise levels for the affected areas in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Copy of the reference standard used to measure the noise levels in the affected areas;
    • Estimated population in the affected area;
    • Results of noise level testing and monitoring; and
    • Recommendations to reduce the noise pollution in the affected areas.
  4. The noise pollution reduction program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to reduce noise pollution in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to reduce noise pollution for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the noise pollution reduction and control program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to prevent and control air pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the noise pollution reduction and control program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the noise pollution reduction and control program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the population affected by noise pollution. The report must include the following information:
    • Location of the areas affected by excessive noise levels;
    • Allowable noise levels for the affected areas in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Copy of the reference standard used to measure the noise levels in the affected areas;
    • Projected noise level in the affected area;
    • Total projected population in the project;
    • Total projected population in the affected area; and
    • Percentage of the population affected by noise pollution.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to reduce noise pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the population affected by noise pollution. The report must include the following information:
    • Location of the areas affected by excessive noise levels;
    • Allowable noise levels for the affected areas in accordance with generally accepted standards;
    • Copy of the reference standard used to measure the noise levels in the affected areas;
    • Actual noise level in the affected area;
    • Total actual population in the project;
    • Total actual population in the affected area; and
    • Percentage of the population affected by noise pollution.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the noise pollution reduction program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously and effectively manage and maintain the allowable noise levels in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Noise

Refers to an erratic, intermittent, or statistically random oscillation, or any unwanted sound. (Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 856, 1998)

References

HW-04 Active Design

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in promoting physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying appropriate active design strategies for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.
  3. Develop an healthy and active lifestyle program for the users and the public. The program must contain:
    • The active design strategies for the project, which may include:
      • Installation of local streetscapes made by Filipino artists that encourage pedestrian mobility;
      • Provision of dedicated and protected bicycle lanes designed in accordance with generally accepted standards;
      • Establishment of bicycle sharing programs with routes going around the project for the benefit of the users and the public;
      • Provision of outdoor recreational facilities in the project;
      • Design and construction of public open spaces, key establishments, and mass transportation terminals or stops within close proximity to high density areas; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on healthy and active lifestyle.
    • The policies and procedures for active design in buildings.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the healthy and active lifestyle program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided three (3) or more active design strategies that promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.
2 points Provided two (2) to less than three (<3) active design strategies that promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.
1 point Provided one (1) to less than two (<2) active design strategies that promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 1 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented three (3) or more active design strategies that promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.
2 points Implemented two (2) to less than three (<3) active design strategies that promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.
1 point Implemented one (1) to less than two (<2) active design strategies that promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for promoting physical activity and active lifestyle in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for promoting physical activity and active lifestyle in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for health and well-being.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies to promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The healthy and active lifestyle program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified active design strategies for the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to promote physical activity and active lifestyle for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the healthy and active lifestyle program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies to promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  6. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program; and
  7. The communication records as proof that the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously promote physical activity and active lifestyle in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Active design

Refers to design that encourages physical activity within indoor or outdoor spaces, which may include walking, cycling, active recreation and healthy eating.

References

Emissions

Emissions category focuses on identifying, planning, and managing towards the reduction of emissions in a project and its contribution to global warming and climate change.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Emissions All Stages All Occupancies

EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Emissions

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish the target GHG emission reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting a GHG inventory for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing GHG emission reduction strategies for the project.
  3. Conduct a GHG inventory.
  4. Develop an GHG emission reduction program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The GHG emission reduction strategies for the project, which may include:
      • Institutionalization of energy efficiency in buildings and infrastructure;
      • Effective management of solid and hazardous waste;
      • Provision of sustainable transportation options for the users and the public; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on GHG emission reduction.
    • The policies and procedures to reduce GHG emissions in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the GHG emission reduction program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the GHG emission reduction program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Present the GHG emission reduction of the project. The calculation must include the following:
    • The total GHG emissions from the conducted GHG inventory during planning;
    • The total GHG emissions of the whole project after implementing the GHG emission reduction program; and
    • The percentage of GHG emission reduction of the project.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Conducted a GHG inventory for the project, and developed a GHG emission reduction program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the GHG emission reduction program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for the target GHG emission reduction for the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the percentage (%) target GHG emission reduction for the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for GHG emission reduction.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing GHG emission reduction strategies for the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The GHG inventory report.
  4. The GHG emission reduction program. The program must include the following:
    • Identified GHG emission reduction strategies for the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to reduce energy consumption for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the GHG emission reduction program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the GHG emission reduction strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the GHG emission reduction program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the GHG emission reduction strategies in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of energy consumption reduction achieved by the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total GHG emissions from the conducted GHG inventory during planning;
    • Total GHG emissions of the whole project after implementing the GHG emission reduction program; and
    • Percentage of GHG emission reduction of the project.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the GHG emission reduction program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the energy performance of the project.

Back to credit

Additional Information

Conducting GHG inventory

When conducting a GHG inventory, the project team must:

  1. Define the boundary of the GHG inventory, which must include the following information:
    • Project boundary;
    • Inventory period, which must be at least twelve (12) months of continuous reporting; and
    • Base year for the inventory.
  2. Provide information on the emissions present in the project, which must include:
    • Emissions by available sector, which covers:
      • Stationary energy,
      • Transportation, and
      • Waste;
    • Emissions by scope, which covers:
      • Emissions from sources within the project boundary,
      • Emissions resulted from the use of energy within the project boundary, and
      • All other emissions outside the project boundary as a result of activities taking place within the project boundary;
    • Emissions by gases, which must be reported in metric tonnes of CO2 equivalent (mtCO2e) and covers:
      • Carbon dioxide (CO2),
      • Methane (CH4),
      • Nitrous Oxide (N2O),
      • Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC),
      • Perfluorocarbons (PFC),
      • Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), and
      • Nitrogen trifluoride (NF3).
  3. Identify the activities from the identified sources of GHG emission, including any exclusions from the scope of the inventory. The project team must provide clear justification why an activity is excluded from the scope of the inventory.
  4. Present the methodology used to quantify and measure the GHG emissions within the project.
  5. Present the total GHG emission of the project in mtCO2e.
GHG Inventory Report

When conducting a GHG inventory, the GHG inventory report must include the following information:

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Greenhouse gases

Refer to gases that can potentially or can reasonably be expected to induce global warming, which include carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, chlorofluorocarbons, and the like. (Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, 1999)

References

Community Engagement

Community Engagement category focuses on actively involving the community in addressing their socio-economic needs and improving their resilience. This category also recognizes the project's contribution in creating a distinct identity for the project. In addition, this category also recognizes green building features of the community as a contribution to public good.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
CE-01 Disaster Resiliency All Stages All Occupancies
CE-02 Local Identity All Stages All Occupancies
CE-03 Accessibility for All All Stages All Occupancies
CE-04 Digital Infrastructure All Stages All Occupancies

CE-01 Disaster Resiliency

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in improving the resiliency of the project to disasters.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to improve the disaster resiliency of the project.
  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The potential hazards that the project may be at risk, which should include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Earthquake,
        • Floods,
        • Landslides,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Manmade hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified hazards;
    • The areas in the project that are more exposed and vulnerable to the identified hazards; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified hazards.
  4. Develop a disaster resiliency program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to improve disaster resiliency in the project, which may include:
      • Provision of detention and retention ponds to minimize flooding;
      • Installation of early warning systems for the identified hazards;
      • Provision of evacuation facilities in case of emergencies;
      • Establishment of an emergency response team for the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on disaster resiliency.
    • The policies and procedures for disaster resiliency in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster resiliency program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the disaster resiliency program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the disaster resiliency program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster resiliency program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the disaster resiliency program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the disaster resiliency of the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed a disaster resiliency program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the disaster resiliency program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for improving the disaster resiliency in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for improving the disaster resiliency of the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for disaster risk reduction and management.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting disaster risk assessment, and in planning and implementing strategies for disaster resiliency;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Potential hazards that the project may be at risk, which must include:
      • Natural disasters, and
      • Manmade hazards.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified hazards;
    • Location of the areas in the project that are more exposed and vulnerable to the identified hazards;
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified hazards.
  4. The disaster resiliency program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to improve disaster resiliency in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to improve disaster resiliency for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the disaster resiliency program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to improve disaster resiliency in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster resiliency program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the disaster resiliency program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the disaster resiliency program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the disaster resiliency program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to improve disaster resiliency in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the disaster resiliency program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the disaster resiliency program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve the disaster resiliency of the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Contingency planning

Refers to a management process that analyzes specific potential events or emerging situations that might threaten society or the environment and establishes arrangements in advance to enable timely, effective and appropriate responses to such events and situations. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disaster

Refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

Disaster preparedness

Refers to the knowledge and capacities developed by governments, professional response and recovery organizations, communities and individuals to effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the impacts of likely, imminent or current hazard events or conditions Preparedness action is carried out within the context of disaster risk reduction and management and aims to build the capacities needed to efficiently manage all types of emergencies and achieve orderly transitions from response to sustained recovery. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disaster prevention

Refers to the outright avoidance of adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. It expresses the concept and intention to completely avoid potential adverse impacts through action taken in advance. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disaster response

Refers to the provision of emergency services and public assistance during or immediately after a disaster in order to save lives, reduce health impacts, ensure public safety and meet the basic subsistence needs of the people affected. Disaster response is predominantly focused on immediate and short-term needs and is sometimes called “disaster relief”. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disaster risk reduction

Refers to the concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through reduced exposures to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise management of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Early warning system

Refers to the set of capacities needed to generate and disseminate timely and meaningful warning information to enable individuals, communities and organizations threatened by a hazard to prepare and to act appropriately and in sufficient time to reduce the possibility of harm or loss. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

A people-centered early warning system necessarily comprises four (4) key elements:

Emergency management

Refers to the organization and management of resources and responsibilities for addressing all aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and initial recovery steps. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Exposure

Refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Hazard

Refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Resilience

Refers to the ability of a system, community or society exposed to hazards to resist, absorb, accommodate and recover from the effects of a hazard in a timely and efficient manner, including through the preservation and restoration of its essential basic structures and functions. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Vulnerability

Refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

CE-02 Local Identity

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to highlight the distinct local identity for the project through existing Filipino heritage and cultural features, and local character elements.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for highlighting the local identity of the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the local character elements of the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to highlight the local identity of the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the local character elements present of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The existing Filipino heritage and cultural features present in the project;
    • The local character elements for the project identified during stakeholder consultations;
    • The local identity created for the project; and
    • The recommendations to highlight the local identity of the project.
  4. Develop a program on highlighting the local identity of the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to highlight the local identity of the project aligned with Filipino heritage and culture, which may include:
      • Restoration and preservation of existing heritage and cultural features;
      • Design of public open spaces and places of respite that contributes to the local identity of the project;
      • Use of local materials, building forms, heights and architectural features consistent with the local identity of the project;
      • Installation of local streetscapes made by Filipino artists reflecting the local identity of the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on preservation, restoration and promotion of Filipino heritage and culture.
    • The policies and procedures for highlighting local identity in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program on highlighting the local identity of the project. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program on highlighting the local identity of the project and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program on highlighting the local identity of the project. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program on highlighting the local identity of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program on highlighting the local identity of the project;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously highlight the local identity of the project aligned with Filipino heritage and culture.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed a local identity program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the local identity program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for highlighting the local identity of the project. The policy must reflect the goals and target established by the project owner in highlighting the local identity of the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in conducting an assessment on the local character elements present of the project, and in planning and implementing strategies for highlighting the local identity of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the local character elements of the project. The assessment must include the following information:
    • Existing heritage and cultural features present in the project, which should include:
      • Heritage buildings,
      • Historical landmarks, and
      • Filipino arts;
    • Local character elements identified during stakeholder consultations, which should include:
      • Historical background of the local community,
      • Customs and practices of the local community,
      • Recurring events being commemorated that the area is known for, and
      • Products that are considered speciality in the area;
    • Narrative on the local identity created for the project based on the existing heritage and cultural features and local character elements of the local community surrounding the project and the city or municipality where the project is located; and
    • Recommendations to highlight the local identity created for the project.
  4. The local identity program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to highlight the local identity of the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to highlight the local identity of their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the local identity program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to highlight the local identity of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the local identity program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the local identity program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the local identity program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the local identity program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to highlight the local identity of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the local identity program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the local identity program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously highlight the local identity of the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Heritage

Refers to the totality of cultural property preserved and developed through time and passed on to posterity. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)

Heritage conservation

Refers to all of the processes and measure of maintaining the cultural significance of a cultural property including, but not limited to, preservation, restoration, reconstruction, adaptation or any combination thereof. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)

Heritage zone

Refers to the historical, anthropological, archaeological, artistic geographical areas and settings that are culturally significant to the country, as declared by the National Museum and by the National Historical Institute. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)

CE-03 Accessibility for All

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to ensure that the project is accessible and inclusive for all, regardless of age, gender, race and disability.

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in ensuring that the project is accessible for all, regardless of age, gender, race and disability..
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying the appropriate accessibility features for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to ensure that the project is accessible, functional and inclusive for all.
  3. Develop a program for incorporating accessibility for all. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to incorporate accessibility for all, which may include:
      • Design of additional accessibility features for persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly in public open spaces and pedestrian circulation;
      • Provision of gender inclusive facilities in the project; and
      • Designation of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and the elderly.
    • The policies and procedures for accessibility and inclusivity in buildings.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the program for incorporating accessibility for all and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the program for incorporating accessibility for all. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve accessibility and inclusivity in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 – Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed a program for incorporating accessibility for all and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 – Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the program for incorporating accessibility for all aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for improving accessibility and inclusivity in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for improving accessibility and inclusivity the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for providing accessibility for all.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies for improving accessibility and inclusivity in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The program for incorporating accessibility for all. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to improve accessibility and inclusivity in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to improve accessibility for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the program for incorporating accessibility for all for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies to improve accessibility and inclusivity in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  6. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program for incorporating accessibility for all and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to improve accessibility and inclusivity in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program for incorporating accessibility for all;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve accessibility and inclusivity in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Accessibility

Refers to features that enable disabled persons to make use of the primary functions of the structure. (Accessibility Law, 1983)

References

CE-04 Digital Infrastructure

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish the policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in improve digital connectivity in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying the appropriate digital infrastructure for the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to improve digital connectivity in the project.
  3. Develop a digital infrastructure program in the project. The program must contain:
    • The construction of an internet backbone providing high-speed internet access to building locators;
    • The strategies to improve digital connectivity in the project, which may include:
      • Installation of kiosks for wireless internet access and data communication for public use;
      • Transition to smart solutions for managing the use of energy and water, including waste generation;
      • Development of an online platform for managing the needs, requirements, concerns and feedback of the building locators in the project; and
      • Establishment of information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns on widely used and emerging digital infrastructure.
    • The policies and procedures for providing digital infrastructure in buildings.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the digital infrastructure program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the digital infrastructure program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the digital infrastructure program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the digital infrastructure program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the digital infrastructure program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve digital connectivity in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Developed a digital infrastructure program and its action plan.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented and evaluated the digital infrastructure program aligned with its action plan.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for improving the digital connectivity in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for improving the digital connectivity in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals the local government for improving digital connectivity.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies to improve digital connectivity in the project.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The digital infrastructure program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to improve digital connectivity in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to improve digital connectivity for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the digital infrastructure program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  4. The plans and specifications of the internet backbone providing high-speed internet access to building locators. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the cell sites within the project;
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the cell sites reflecting the provision of high-speed internet access to the users; and
    • Connection of the buildings and infrastructure to the cell sites.
  5. The plans and specifications of the strategies to improve digital connectivity in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the digital infrastructure program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  7. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the digital infrastructure program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the digital infrastructure program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the digital infrastructure program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the internet backbone providing high-speed internet access to building locators. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the cell sites within the project;
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the cell sites reflecting the provision of high-speed internet access to the users; and
    • Connection of the buildings and infrastructure to the cell sites.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to improve digital connectivity in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  5. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the digital infrastructure program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the digital infrastructure program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously improve digital connectivity in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Digital infrastructure

Refers to the digital technologies that provide the foundation for an organization’s information technology and operations.

Digital infrastructure may include:

Economic Opportunity

Economic Opportunity category focuses on creating green jobs and supporting local businesses and individuals to stimulate and strengthen the local economy within the project.

No. Credit name Certification stage Occupancy type
EO-01 Local Business Support All Stages All Occupancies
EO-02 Local Labor All Stages All Occupancies
EO-03 Green Jobs All Stages All Occupancies
EO-04 Affordable Housing All Stages All Occupancies

EO-01 Local Business Support

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in providing support to local businesses in the city or municipality where the project is located.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Identifying local businesses that need support to stimulate the local economy; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to support the local businesses.
  3. Identify local businesses that will be provided support in the project. Local businesses must be:
    • A micro, small or medium enterprise (MSME); and
    • A registered business in the city or municipality where the project is located.
  4. Develop a local business support program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The provision of long-term economic facilities for local business support. The economic facilities must be:
      • 0.5% of the total gross floor area of all buildings owned or managed by the project owner, but must be at least 200 square meter (m2) floor area;
      • For the dedicated use of local businesses for economic activities; and
      • Easily accessible to the users and the public; and
      • Used by the local businesses for a subsidized lease.
    • The additional strategies to support local businesses in the project, which may include:
      • Regular promotion of products and services offered by local businesses;
      • Use of economic facilities free-of-charge for at least the validity of the project's certification;
      • Establishment of weekend market to support local farmers; and
      • Designation of pop-up stores for introducing products and services from local start-ups.
    • The policies and procedures for local business support in buildings.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local business support program. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the local business support program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the local business support program. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local business support program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the local business support program;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously support local businesses in the project.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided two (2) or more additional strategies to support local businesses in the project.
2 points Provided one (1) additional strategy to support local businesses in the project.
1 point Provided a long-term economic facility to support local businesses in the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented two (2) or more additional strategies to support local businesses in the project.
2 points Implemented one (1) additional strategy to support local businesses in the project.
1 point Implemented a long-term economic facility to support local businesses in the project.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for providing support to local businesses. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for supporting local businesses; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government in improving the local economy.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies to support the local businesses;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The list of local businesses that will be provided support in the project. The list must include the following information:
    • Business name,
    • Nature of business,
    • Product or service offered,
    • Name of representative, its designation and contact information,
    • Proof that the identified local business is an MSME, and
    • Copy of the business permit of the identified local business.
  4. The local business support program. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies to support local businesses in the project;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to support local businesses for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the local business support program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  5. The plans and specifications of the long-term economic facilities for local business support. The plans must include the following information:
    • Size of the long-term economic facility in m2, which must 0.5% of the TGFA of all buildings owner or managed by the project owner, but must be at least 200 m2 floor area;
    • Location of the long-term economic facility within the project;
    • Wayfindings providing directions, distance and estimated walking time to the economic facilities; and
    • Access of the users and the public to the economic facility.
  6. The policies and procedures on the lease and use of the long-term facilities for local businesses. The policies must include the following information:
    • Dedicated use of the economic facilities for the economic activities of local businesses;
    • Subsidized lease of the economic facilities for local businesses; and
    • Promotion of long-term economic facilities in the project.
  7. The plans and specifications of the strategies to support local businesses in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  8. The action plan for the implementation of the local business support program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  9. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  10. The communication records as proof that the local business support program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the local business support program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the local business support program for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the long-term economic facilities for local business support. The plans must include the following information:
    • Size of the long-term economic facility in m2, which must 0.5% of the TGFA of all buildings owner or managed by the project owner, but must be at least 200 m2 floor area;
    • Location of the long-term economic facility within the project;
    • Wayfindings providing directions, distance and estimated walking time to the economic facilities; and
    • Access of the users and the public to the economic facility.
  3. The policies and procedures on the lease and use of the long-term facilities for local businesses. The policies must include the following information:
    • Dedicated use of the economic facilities for the economic activities of local businesses;
    • Subsidized lease of the economic facilities for local businesses; and
    • Promotion of long-term economic facilities in the project.
  4. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to support local businesses in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategy.
  5. The lease contract of each local business stating that the local business is an MSME and a registered business within the city or municipality where the project is located.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the local business support program. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the local business support program;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously support local businesses in the project.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Local business

Refers to locally-registered businesses engaged in economic activities Local businesses must be:

References

EO-02 Local Labor

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in increasing the employment opportunities for local labor and improving the education and skills of hired local labor.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies for increasing the employment opportunities for local labor and improving the education and skills of hired local labor.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the employment opportunities in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The activities in the project that require local labor;
    • The labor requirements to implement each activity;
    • The employment opportunities for local labor;
    • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • The recommendations to increase the employment opportunities for local labor.
  4. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total labor requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located. The total labor requirements must be the labor force hired from the master planning up until the BERDE certification of the project for Stage 1 — Planning.
  5. Develop an education and skills development program for local labor. The program must contain:
    • The capacity building activities to improve the education and skills of hired local labor for the benefit of the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for local labor hiring in buildings.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total labor requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located. The total labor requirements must be the labor force hired from the start of the implementation of policies, programs, strategies and action plans up until the BERDE certification of the project for Stage 2 — Implementation.
  2. Implement the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize local labor in the activities in the project, and improve the education and skills of local labor.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired forty percent (40%) or more of the total labor requirements during planning from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
2 points Hired thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total labor requirements during planning from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
1 point Hired twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total labor requirements during planning from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired forty percent (40%) or more of the total labor requirements during implementation from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
2 points Hired thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total labor requirements during implementation from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
1 point Hired twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total labor requirements during implementation from the permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for increasing the employment opportunities for local labor and improving the education and skills of local labor. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for increasing the employment opportunities for local labor and in improving the education and skills of local labor; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for increasing employment opportunities.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies for increasing the employment opportunities for local labor and in improving the education and skills of local labor;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the employment opportunities in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Activities in the project that require local labor, which may include:
      • Demolition,
      • Construction, and
      • Operations;
    • Labor requirements to implement each activity;
    • Employment opportunities for local labor;
    • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • Recommendations to increase the employment opportunities for local labor.
  4. The documented policy reflecting the employment requirements for hiring local labor. The policy must reflect the requirement for prioritizing the employment of permanent residents of the city or municipality where the project is located.
  5. The education and skills development program for local labor. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified capacity building activities to improve the education and skills of hired local labor;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prioritize local labor hiring for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the education and skills development program for local labor for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  6. The plans and specifications of the strategies to prioritize local labor hiring in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  7. The list of local labor hired during the planning of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Local labor's name,
    • Local labor's permanent address,
    • Local labor's scope of work for the project, and
    • Proof of residency of each hired local labor, which must:
      • Be a valid government-issued certification or ID,
      • Reflect the local labors's name, and
      • Reflect the complete permanent address of the local labor.
  8. The report on the activities for improving the education and skills for local labor during the planning of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity implemented for hired local labor during planning;
    • Topics of each activity;
    • Schedules when the activities were conducted;
    • List of attendees for each activity;
    • List of invited subject matter experts for the successful implementation of each activity;
    • List of materials used for the implementation of the activities; and
    • Proceedings of the activities conducted.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of hired local labor during the planning of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total labor requirements for the project;
    • Total number of hired local labor for the project; and
    • Percentage of hired local labor for the project.
  10. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  11. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  12. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to prioritize local labor hiring in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The list of local labor hired during the implementation of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Local labor's name,
    • Local labor's permanent address,
    • Local labor's scope of work for the project, and
    • Proof of residency of each hired local labor, which must:
      • Be a valid government-issued certification or ID,
      • Reflect the local labors's name, and
      • Reflect the complete permanent address of the local labor.
  4. The report on the activities for improving the education and skills for local labor during the implementation of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity implemented for hired local labor during implementation;
    • Topics of each activity;
    • Schedules when the activities were conducted;
    • List of attendees for each activity;
    • List of invited subject matter experts for the successful implementation of each activity;
    • List of materials used for the implementation of the activities; and
    • Proceedings of the activities conducted.
  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of hired local labor during the implementation of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total labor requirements for the project;
    • Total number of hired local labor for the project; and
    • Percentage of hired local labor for the project.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize local labor in the activities in the project, and improve the education and skills of local labor.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Local labor

Refers to employees, laborers or craftsmen whose permanent home address is within the city or municipality's boundaries.

EO-03 Green Jobs

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in increasing green job opportunities in the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies for increasing green job opportunities in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the employment opportunities in the project. The assessment must include:
    • The activities in the project that require green jobs;
    • The green job requirements to implement each activity;
    • The employment opportunities for green jobs;
    • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • The recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
  4. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements in the project to have green jobs. The total employment requirements must be the workforce hired from the master planning up until the BERDE certification of the project for Stage 1 — Planning.
  5. Develop an education and skills development program for green jobs. The program must contain:
    • The capacity building activities to improve the education and skills of hired green jobs for the benefit of the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for green jobs employment in buildings.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The action plan must contain:
    • The necessary roles for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities of each defined role;
    • The indicative time frames for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented;
    • The identified products, technologies and services that support the implementation of the program and its action plan; and
    • The communication of the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements in the project to have green jobs. The total employment requirements must be the workforce hired from the start of the implementation of policies, programs, strategies and action plans up until the BERDE certification of the project for Stage 2 — Implementation.
  2. Implement the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
    • Assign the defined roles to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and install the specified products and technologies that support the implementation of the program;
    • Ensure that each strategy is implemented within the specified time frame in the action plan;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy in the program using the established methodology in the action plan;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs;
    • Review if the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Determine the opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize green jobs in the activities in the project, and improve the education and skills of green jobs.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements during planning have green jobs.
2 points Hired thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements during planning implementation have green jobs.
1 point Hired twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements during planning have green jobs.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements during implementation have green jobs.
2 points Hired thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements during implementation have green jobs.
1 point Hired twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements during implementation have green jobs.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for increasing green job opportunities in the project. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for increasing the green job opportunities in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government for increasing employment opportunities.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency in planning and implementing strategies for increasing green job opportunities in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the planning and implementation of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An initial assessment report on the employment opportunities within the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Activities in the project that require green jobs, which may include:
      • Agriculture,
      • Construction,
      • Tourism,
      • Transportation,
      • Solid waste and wastewater management,
      • Energy, and
      • Manufacturing.
    • Green job requirements to implement each activity;
    • Employment opportunities for green jobs;
    • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
  4. The documented policy reflecting the employment requirements for hiring green jobs. The policy must reflect the requirement for prioritizing the employment of jobs that contributes to the sustainability of the project.
  5. The education and skills development program for green jobs. The program must include the following information:
    • Identified capacity building activities to improve the education and skills of hired green jobs;
    • Identified strategies to encourage building locators and potential users to prioritize green jobs hiring for their buildings;
    • Expected impact of the strategies to the project once implemented; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the education and skills development program for green jobs for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  6. The plans and specifications of the strategies to prioritize green jobs hiring in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  7. The list of green jobs hired during the planning of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
    • Qualifications of the employee reflecting its nature of work is a green job.
  8. The report on the activities for improving the education and skills for green jobs during the planning of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity implemented for hired green jobs during planning;
    • Topics of each activity;
    • Schedules when the activities were conducted;
    • List of attendees for each activity;
    • List of invited subject matter experts for the successful implementation of each activity;
    • List of materials used for the implementation of the activities; and
    • Proceedings of the activities conducted.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of hired green jobs during the planning of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total employment requirements for the project;
    • Total number of hired green jobs for the project; and
    • Percentage of hired green jobs for the project.
  10. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The action plan must include the following information:
    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Indicative timeframes for the long-term implementation of each strategy in the program, which should be for at least the validity of the project's certification;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation of the program; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy once it is implemented.
  11. The purchase records as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  12. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The documentation on the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • List of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the personnel;
      • Designation and contact information; and
      • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
    • Monitoring reports on the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program;
    • Report on the milestones reached and the current status of the implementation of the program;
    • Communication records as proof that the implementation of the program is regularly communicated to the project stakeholders, and to the potential locators and users of the project;
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper operations, management and regular maintenance of each strategy; and
    • Documented policy institutionalizing the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs for at least the validity of the project's certification.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to prioritize green jobs hiring in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategy within the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategy.
  3. The list of green jobs hired during the implementation of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
    • Qualifications of the employee reflecting its nature of work is a green job.
  4. The report on the activities for improving the education and skills for green jobs during the implementation of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity implemented for hired green jobs during implementation;
    • Topics of each activity;
    • Schedules when the activities were conducted;
    • List of attendees for each activity;
    • List of invited subject matter experts for the successful implementation of each activity;
    • List of materials used for the implementation of the activities; and
    • Proceedings of the activities conducted.
  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of hired green jobs during the implementation of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total employment requirements for the project;
    • Total number of hired green jobs for the project; and
    • Percentage of hired green jobs for the project.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The report must include the following information:
    • Recorded outcomes of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs;
    • Assessment on whether the program was being implemented effectively;
    • Challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Opportunities to further improve the program to continuously prioritize green jobs in the activities in the project, and improve the education and skills of green jobs.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Green jobs

Refer to decent jobs that contributes to preserving or restoring the quality of the environment. (Philippine Green Jobs Act of 2016, 2016)

This include jobs that:

EO-04 Affordable Housing

All Stages
All Occupancies

Content

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Back to credit

Requirements

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner in providing affordable housing units in the project, and in supporting potential users to avail affordable housing units.
  2. Provide affordable housing units on site for at least 15% of the total residential units in the project. Affordable housing units must be:
    • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards; and
    • Located within proximity to at least:
      • Mass transportation terminals or stops,
      • Key establishments, or
      • Public open spaces.
  3. Present the available financial schemes for potential users to avail the affordable housing units, which should be offered by the project owner or credible financial institutions. The financial scheme must provide information on:
    • The eligibility requirements to qualify for financial scheme;
    • The process for availing the financial scheme; and
    • The documentary requirements for the financial scheme, including forms and templates used for each step of the process.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team must:

  1. Implement the affordable housing units on site for at least 15% of the total residential units in the project.
  2. Implement the available financial schemes for potential users to avail the affordable housing units, which should be offered by the project owner or credible financial institutions.

Back to credit

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Planning
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total residential units in the project as affordable housing units.
2 points Provided twenty percent (20%) to less than twenty-five percent (<25%) of total residential units in the project as affordable housing units.
1 point Provided fifteen percent (15%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of total residential units in the project as affordable housing units.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total residential units in the project as affordable housing units.
2 points Implemented twenty percent (20%) to less than twenty-five percent (<25%) of total residential units in the project as affordable housing units.
1 point Implemented fifteen percent (15%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of total residential units in the project as affordable housing units.

Back to credit

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Planning

The project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy for providing affordable housing units in the project and in supporting the potential users to avail affordable housing units. The policy must:
    • Reflect the goals and target established by the project owner for providing affordable housing units and supporting potential users to avail affordable housing units in the project; and
    • Be aligned with the goals of the local government to ensure equal access to decent living.
  2. The plans and specifications for the affordable housing units in the the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Design of the affordable housing units;
    • Total number of affordable housing units provided in the project;
    • Total gross floor area (TGFA) of each affordable housing unit in m2;
    • Location of the affordable housing units in the project, which must be within proximity to the following:
      • Mass transportation terminals or stops,
      • Key establishments within the project, or
      • Public open spaces.
  3. The available financial schemes for potential users to avail the affordable housing units, which should be offered by the project owner or credible financial institutions. The financial scheme must include information on:
    • Type of financial scheme available for potential users;
    • Qualifications of the project owner or financial institution in providing financial scheme for affordable housing;
    • Eligibility requirements to qualify for financial scheme;
    • Documented process for availing the financial scheme; and
    • Documentary requirements for the financial scheme, including forms and templates used for each step of the process.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of affordable housing units in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of residential units in the project;
    • Total number of affordable housing units in the project; and
    • Percentage of affordable housing units provided in the project.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategy.
  6. The communication records as proof that the strategy was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential locators and users of the project.

Back to credit

Stage 2 — Implementation

The project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the affordable housing units in the the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • Design of the affordable housing units;
    • Total number of affordable housing units provided in the project;
    • Total gross floor area (TGFA) of each affordable housing unit in m2;
    • Location of the affordable housing units in the project, which must be within proximity to the following:
      • Mass transportation terminals or stops,
      • Key establishments within the project, or
      • Public open spaces.
  2. The available financial schemes for potential users to avail the affordable housing units, which should be offered by the project owner or credible financial institutions. The financial scheme must include information on:
    • Type of financial scheme available for potential users;
    • Qualifications of the project owner or financial institution in providing financial scheme for affordable housing;
    • Eligibility requirements to qualify for financial scheme;
    • Documented process for availing the financial scheme; and
    • Documentary requirements for the financial scheme, including forms and templates used for each step of the process.
  3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of affordable housing units in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of residential units in the project;
    • Total number of affordable housing units in the project; and
    • Percentage of affordable housing units provided in the project.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategy. The documentation must consist of the following:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

Back to credit

Terms and Definition

Affordable cost

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of program beneficiaries and appropriate financing schemes. (Urban Development and Housing Act of 1992, 1992)

Affordable housing

Refers to housing units which are within the affordability level of the average and low-income earners, which is thirty percent (30%) of the gross family income, as determined by pertinent government agencies from time to time.

Annexes

Annex 1: Green Building Rating Systems

The following are the green building rating system developed or duly recognized by an Established Member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC).

Green building rating system Organization
BERDE Green Building Rating System Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC)
ARZ 2.0 Green Building Rating System Lebanon Green Building Council (LGBC)
Assessment Standard for Green Building of China China Academy of Building Research
BEAM Plus Hong Kong Green Building Council (HKGBC)
B.E.S.T Residential Certificate Turkish Green Building Council (ÇEDBİK)
B.E.S.T-Commercial Buildings Certificate Turkish Green Building Council (ÇEDBİK)
BREEAM-NL Dutch Green Building Council (DGBC)
BREEAM-NOR Norweigian Green Building Council
BREEAM-SE Sweden Green Building Council (SGBC)
BREEAM BRE Group
CASA Colombia Consejo Colombiano de Construcción Sostenible (CCCS)
CASBEE Japan Sustainable Building Consortium (JSBC) and Institute for Building Environment and Energy Conservation (IBEC)
DGNB System German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB – Deutsche Gesellschaft für Nachhaltiges Bauen e.V.)
DGBC Woonmerk Dutch Green Building Council (DGBC)
EDGE International Finance Corporation (IFC)
GBC Brasil Casa Green Building Council Brasil (GBC Brasil)
Greenship Green Building Council Indonesia (GBCI)
Green Building Index Pertubuhan Akitek Malaysia (PAM) and the Association of Consulting Engineers Malaysia (ACEM)
Green Rating System for Building Environment Green Building Council of Sri Lanka
Green Star Green Building Council Australia (GBCA)
Homestar New Zealand Green Building Council (NZGBC)
GBC Home Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
GBC Historic Building Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
GBC Condomini Green Building Council Italia (GBC Italia)
Green Star SA Green Building Council South Africa (GBCSA)
Home Performance Index Irish Green Building Council (IGBC)
HQE Certivéa
IGBC Rating System Indian Green Building Council (IGBC)
Korea Green Building Certification
LOTUS Vietnam Green Building Council (VGBC)
LEED U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC)
Miljöbyggnad Sweden Green Building Council (SGBC)
OMIR Kazakhstan Green Building Council
Pakistan Green Building Guidelines Pakistan Green Building Council (PGBC)
Estidama Pearl Green Building Rating System
Swiss DGNB Swiss Sustainable Building Council (SGNI)
VERDE Green Building Council España (GBCe)

Annex 2: Key establishments

To promote pedestrian mobility and encourage a physically active lifestyle, project owners are encouraged to develop the project with several types of key establishments. This encourages project users to walk to establishments with their basic needs rather than use vehicles to address their daily basic needs.

  1. Banks
  2. Childcare and educational facilities, such as:
    • Daycare centers,
    • Libraries, and
    • Schools.
  3. Commercial facilities, such as:
    • Laundry or dry cleaners, and
    • Parlor or barber shops.
  4. Community facilities and barangay halls
  5. Health facilities, such as:
    • Health centers, and
    • Medical or dental offices.
  6. Stores and markets, such as:
    • Convenience stores, sari-sari stores, or groceries,
    • Hardware stores, and
    • Supermarkets or wet markets.
  7. Places of worship
  8. Public parks and open spaces
  9. Public utilities, such as:
    • Fire stations,
    • Police stations, and
    • Post offices.
  10. Recreation and fitness facilities, which may include:
    • Fitness centers and gyms,
    • Sports facilities, and
    • Theaters or movie houses.
  11. Residential areas
  12. Restaurants, karinderya, or turo-turo
  13. Mass transportation terminals, which may include:
    • Commuter rail or light rail stations,
    • Public bus stops, and
    • Routes for asian utility vehicle (AUV) or public utility vehicle (PUV).

Acknowledgement

The PHILGBC would like to acknowledge the contributions of the organizations and individuals on the development of the BERDE — Districts — Version 1.0.0 and the User Guide.

Board of Trustees

We acknowledge the leadership of the members of the Board of Trustees for initiating the development of BERDE — Districts.

BERDE Committee

The development of this rating scheme was finalized with recommendations from the BERDE Committee.

Pilot Projects

The development of this rating scheme was finalized with recommendations and feedback from the pilot projects.

PHILGBC General Membership

The development of this rating scheme was possible through the generosity of the PHILGBC General Membership.

PHILGBC National Secretariat

The development of this rating scheme was with the support of the BERDE Program Secretariat. The development was led by Christopher C. de la Cruz, Executive Director, BERDE Program, and managed by Rowena G. Elayda, Program Manager, BERDE Program. The development was also supported by Mario Lawrence C. Suelto, Technical Coordinator, and by the Technical Staff, John Reniel S. Englis and Gian Paolo M. Pastrano.

Notes